diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src')
17 files changed, 12705 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/misc.c b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/misc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0a5e11 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/misc.c @@ -0,0 +1,225 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file misc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V3.5.0 + * @date 11-March-2011 + * @brief This file provides all the miscellaneous firmware functions (add-on + * to CMSIS functions). + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "misc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC + * @brief MISC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Private_TypesDefinitions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Private_Defines + * @{ + */ + +#define AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK ((uint32_t)0x05FA0000) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Private_FunctionPrototypes + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup MISC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Configures the priority grouping: pre-emption priority and subpriority. + * @param NVIC_PriorityGroup: specifies the priority grouping bits length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_0: 0 bits for pre-emption priority + * 4 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_1: 1 bits for pre-emption priority + * 3 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority + * 2 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority + * 1 bits for subpriority + * @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority + * 0 bits for subpriority + * @retval None + */ +void NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(uint32_t NVIC_PriorityGroup) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(NVIC_PriorityGroup)); + + /* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to NVIC_PriorityGroup value */ + SCB->AIRCR = AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK | NVIC_PriorityGroup; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the NVIC peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the NVIC_InitStruct. + * @param NVIC_InitStruct: pointer to a NVIC_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified NVIC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void NVIC_Init(NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmppriority = 0x00, tmppre = 0x00, tmpsub = 0x0F; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelCmd)); + assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority)); + assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority)); + + if (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelCmd != DISABLE) + { + /* Compute the Corresponding IRQ Priority --------------------------------*/ + tmppriority = (0x700 - ((SCB->AIRCR) & (uint32_t)0x700))>> 0x08; + tmppre = (0x4 - tmppriority); + tmpsub = tmpsub >> tmppriority; + + tmppriority = (uint32_t)NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority << tmppre; + tmppriority |= NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority & tmpsub; + tmppriority = tmppriority << 0x04; + + NVIC->IP[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel] = tmppriority; + + /* Enable the Selected IRQ Channels --------------------------------------*/ + NVIC->ISER[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05] = + (uint32_t)0x01 << (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel & (uint8_t)0x1F); + } + else + { + /* Disable the Selected IRQ Channels -------------------------------------*/ + NVIC->ICER[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05] = + (uint32_t)0x01 << (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel & (uint8_t)0x1F); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the vector table location and Offset. + * @param NVIC_VectTab: specifies if the vector table is in RAM or FLASH memory. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg NVIC_VectTab_RAM + * @arg NVIC_VectTab_FLASH + * @param Offset: Vector Table base offset field. This value must be a multiple + * of 0x200. + * @retval None + */ +void NVIC_SetVectorTable(uint32_t NVIC_VectTab, uint32_t Offset) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_VECTTAB(NVIC_VectTab)); + assert_param(IS_NVIC_OFFSET(Offset)); + + SCB->VTOR = NVIC_VectTab | (Offset & (uint32_t)0x1FFFFF80); +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the condition for the system to enter low power mode. + * @param LowPowerMode: Specifies the new mode for the system to enter low power mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND + * @arg NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP + * @arg NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT + * @param NewState: new state of LP condition. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void NVIC_SystemLPConfig(uint8_t LowPowerMode, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_NVIC_LP(LowPowerMode)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + SCB->SCR |= LowPowerMode; + } + else + { + SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)LowPowerMode); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the SysTick clock source. + * @param SysTick_CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source. + * @arg SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source. + * @retval None + */ +void SysTick_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t SysTick_CLKSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SysTick_CLKSource)); + if (SysTick_CLKSource == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK) + { + SysTick->CTRL |= SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK; + } + else + { + SysTick->CTRL &= SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_adc.c b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_adc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8155dc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_adc.c @@ -0,0 +1,1307 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f10x_adc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V3.5.0 + * @date 11-March-2011 + * @brief This file provides all the ADC firmware functions. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f10x_adc.h" +#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC + * @brief ADC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Private_TypesDefinitions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Defines + * @{ + */ + +/* ADC DISCNUM mask */ +#define CR1_DISCNUM_Reset ((uint32_t)0xFFFF1FFF) + +/* ADC DISCEN mask */ +#define CR1_DISCEN_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000800) +#define CR1_DISCEN_Reset ((uint32_t)0xFFFFF7FF) + +/* ADC JAUTO mask */ +#define CR1_JAUTO_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000400) +#define CR1_JAUTO_Reset ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFBFF) + +/* ADC JDISCEN mask */ +#define CR1_JDISCEN_Set ((uint32_t)0x00001000) +#define CR1_JDISCEN_Reset ((uint32_t)0xFFFFEFFF) + +/* ADC AWDCH mask */ +#define CR1_AWDCH_Reset ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFE0) + +/* ADC Analog watchdog enable mode mask */ +#define CR1_AWDMode_Reset ((uint32_t)0xFF3FFDFF) + +/* CR1 register Mask */ +#define CR1_CLEAR_Mask ((uint32_t)0xFFF0FEFF) + +/* ADC ADON mask */ +#define CR2_ADON_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define CR2_ADON_Reset ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFE) + +/* ADC DMA mask */ +#define CR2_DMA_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000100) +#define CR2_DMA_Reset ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFEFF) + +/* ADC RSTCAL mask */ +#define CR2_RSTCAL_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000008) + +/* ADC CAL mask */ +#define CR2_CAL_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000004) + +/* ADC SWSTART mask */ +#define CR2_SWSTART_Set ((uint32_t)0x00400000) + +/* ADC EXTTRIG mask */ +#define CR2_EXTTRIG_Set ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +#define CR2_EXTTRIG_Reset ((uint32_t)0xFFEFFFFF) + +/* ADC Software start mask */ +#define CR2_EXTTRIG_SWSTART_Set ((uint32_t)0x00500000) +#define CR2_EXTTRIG_SWSTART_Reset ((uint32_t)0xFFAFFFFF) + +/* ADC JEXTSEL mask */ +#define CR2_JEXTSEL_Reset ((uint32_t)0xFFFF8FFF) + +/* ADC JEXTTRIG mask */ +#define CR2_JEXTTRIG_Set ((uint32_t)0x00008000) +#define CR2_JEXTTRIG_Reset ((uint32_t)0xFFFF7FFF) + +/* ADC JSWSTART mask */ +#define CR2_JSWSTART_Set ((uint32_t)0x00200000) + +/* ADC injected software start mask */ +#define CR2_JEXTTRIG_JSWSTART_Set ((uint32_t)0x00208000) +#define CR2_JEXTTRIG_JSWSTART_Reset ((uint32_t)0xFFDF7FFF) + +/* ADC TSPD mask */ +#define CR2_TSVREFE_Set ((uint32_t)0x00800000) +#define CR2_TSVREFE_Reset ((uint32_t)0xFF7FFFFF) + +/* CR2 register Mask */ +#define CR2_CLEAR_Mask ((uint32_t)0xFFF1F7FD) + +/* ADC SQx mask */ +#define SQR3_SQ_Set ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) +#define SQR2_SQ_Set ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) +#define SQR1_SQ_Set ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) + +/* SQR1 register Mask */ +#define SQR1_CLEAR_Mask ((uint32_t)0xFF0FFFFF) + +/* ADC JSQx mask */ +#define JSQR_JSQ_Set ((uint32_t)0x0000001F) + +/* ADC JL mask */ +#define JSQR_JL_Set ((uint32_t)0x00300000) +#define JSQR_JL_Reset ((uint32_t)0xFFCFFFFF) + +/* ADC SMPx mask */ +#define SMPR1_SMP_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000007) +#define SMPR2_SMP_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000007) + +/* ADC JDRx registers offset */ +#define JDR_Offset ((uint8_t)0x28) + +/* ADC1 DR register base address */ +#define DR_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x4001244C) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Private_FunctionPrototypes + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the ADCx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + + if (ADCx == ADC1) + { + /* Enable ADC1 reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1, ENABLE); + /* Release ADC1 from reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1, DISABLE); + } + else if (ADCx == ADC2) + { + /* Enable ADC2 reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2, ENABLE); + /* Release ADC2 from reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if (ADCx == ADC3) + { + /* Enable ADC3 reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3, ENABLE); + /* Release ADC3 from reset state */ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the ADCx peripheral according to the specified parameters + * in the ADC_InitStruct. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_InitStruct: pointer to an ADC_InitTypeDef structure that contains + * the configuration information for the specified ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + uint8_t tmpreg2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_MODE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfChannel)); + + /*---------------------------- ADCx CR1 Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the ADCx CR1 value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR1; + /* Clear DUALMOD and SCAN bits */ + tmpreg1 &= CR1_CLEAR_Mask; + /* Configure ADCx: Dual mode and scan conversion mode */ + /* Set DUALMOD bits according to ADC_Mode value */ + /* Set SCAN bit according to ADC_ScanConvMode value */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Mode | ((uint32_t)ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode << 8)); + /* Write to ADCx CR1 */ + ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg1; + + /*---------------------------- ADCx CR2 Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the ADCx CR2 value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR2; + /* Clear CONT, ALIGN and EXTSEL bits */ + tmpreg1 &= CR2_CLEAR_Mask; + /* Configure ADCx: external trigger event and continuous conversion mode */ + /* Set ALIGN bit according to ADC_DataAlign value */ + /* Set EXTSEL bits according to ADC_ExternalTrigConv value */ + /* Set CONT bit according to ADC_ContinuousConvMode value */ + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)(ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign | ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv | + ((uint32_t)ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode << 1)); + /* Write to ADCx CR2 */ + ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg1; + + /*---------------------------- ADCx SQR1 Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the ADCx SQR1 value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR1; + /* Clear L bits */ + tmpreg1 &= SQR1_CLEAR_Mask; + /* Configure ADCx: regular channel sequence length */ + /* Set L bits according to ADC_NbrOfChannel value */ + tmpreg2 |= (uint8_t) (ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfChannel - (uint8_t)1); + tmpreg1 |= (uint32_t)tmpreg2 << 20; + /* Write to ADCx SQR1 */ + ADCx->SQR1 = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each ADC_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param ADC_InitStruct : pointer to an ADC_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_StructInit(ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct) +{ + /* Reset ADC init structure parameters values */ + /* Initialize the ADC_Mode member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_Mode = ADC_Mode_Independent; + /* initialize the ADC_ScanConvMode member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ScanConvMode = DISABLE; + /* Initialize the ADC_ContinuousConvMode member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ContinuousConvMode = DISABLE; + /* Initialize the ADC_ExternalTrigConv member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_ExternalTrigConv = ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC1; + /* Initialize the ADC_DataAlign member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_DataAlign = ADC_DataAlign_Right; + /* Initialize the ADC_NbrOfChannel member */ + ADC_InitStruct->ADC_NbrOfChannel = 1; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC peripheral. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the ADCx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the ADON bit to wake up the ADC from power down mode */ + ADCx->CR2 |= CR2_ADON_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC peripheral */ + ADCx->CR2 &= CR2_ADON_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC DMA request. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * Note: ADC2 hasn't a DMA capability. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC DMA transfer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DMACmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_DMA_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC DMA request */ + ADCx->CR2 |= CR2_DMA_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC DMA request */ + ADCx->CR2 &= CR2_DMA_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified ADC interrupts. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified ADC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ITConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint8_t itmask = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT)); + /* Get the ADC IT index */ + itmask = (uint8_t)ADC_IT; + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC interrupts */ + ADCx->CR1 |= itmask; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC interrupts */ + ADCx->CR1 &= (~(uint32_t)itmask); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Resets the selected ADC calibration registers. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ResetCalibration(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + /* Resets the selected ADC calibration registers */ + ADCx->CR2 |= CR2_RSTCAL_Set; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the selected ADC reset calibration registers status. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval The new state of ADC reset calibration registers (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetResetCalibrationStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + /* Check the status of RSTCAL bit */ + if ((ADCx->CR2 & CR2_RSTCAL_Set) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* RSTCAL bit is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* RSTCAL bit is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the RSTCAL bit status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Starts the selected ADC calibration process. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_StartCalibration(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + /* Enable the selected ADC calibration process */ + ADCx->CR2 |= CR2_CAL_Set; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the selected ADC calibration status. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval The new state of ADC calibration (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetCalibrationStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + /* Check the status of CAL bit */ + if ((ADCx->CR2 & CR2_CAL_Set) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CAL bit is set: calibration on going */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CAL bit is reset: end of calibration */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the CAL bit status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected ADC software start conversion . + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC software start conversion. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_SoftwareStartConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC conversion on external event and start the selected + ADC conversion */ + ADCx->CR2 |= CR2_EXTTRIG_SWSTART_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC conversion on external event and stop the selected + ADC conversion */ + ADCx->CR2 &= CR2_EXTTRIG_SWSTART_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the selected ADC Software start conversion Status. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval The new state of ADC software start conversion (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartConvStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + /* Check the status of SWSTART bit */ + if ((ADCx->CR2 & CR2_SWSTART_Set) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* SWSTART bit is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* SWSTART bit is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the SWSTART bit status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the discontinuous mode for the selected ADC regular + * group channel. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param Number: specifies the discontinuous mode regular channel + * count value. This number must be between 1 and 8. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Number) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpreg2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(Number)); + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->CR1; + /* Clear the old discontinuous mode channel count */ + tmpreg1 &= CR1_DISCNUM_Reset; + /* Set the discontinuous mode channel count */ + tmpreg2 = Number - 1; + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << 13; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the discontinuous mode on regular group + * channel for the specified ADC + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC discontinuous mode + * on regular group channel. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_DiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */ + ADCx->CR1 |= CR1_DISCEN_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */ + ADCx->CR1 &= CR1_DISCEN_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures for the selected ADC regular channel its corresponding + * rank in the sequencer and its sample time. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected + * @param Rank: The rank in the regular group sequencer. This parameter must be between 1 to 16. + * @param ADC_SampleTime: The sample time value to be set for the selected channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_1Cycles5: Sample time equal to 1.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5: Sample time equal to 7.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_13Cycles5: Sample time equal to 13.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles5: Sample time equal to 28.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_41Cycles5: Sample time equal to 41.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_55Cycles5: Sample time equal to 55.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_71Cycles5: Sample time equal to 71.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_239Cycles5: Sample time equal to 239.5 cycles + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_RegularChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK(Rank)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(ADC_SampleTime)); + /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_17 is selected */ + if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_9) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR1; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SMPR1_SMP_Set << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10)); + /* Clear the old channel sample time */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * (ADC_Channel - 10)); + /* Set the new channel sample time */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SMPR1 = tmpreg1; + } + else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */ + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR2; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SMPR2_SMP_Set << (3 * ADC_Channel); + /* Clear the old channel sample time */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * ADC_Channel); + /* Set the new channel sample time */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SMPR2 = tmpreg1; + } + /* For Rank 1 to 6 */ + if (Rank < 7) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR3; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SQR3_SQ_Set << (5 * (Rank - 1)); + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 1)); + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SQR3 = tmpreg1; + } + /* For Rank 7 to 12 */ + else if (Rank < 13) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR2; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SQR2_SQ_Set << (5 * (Rank - 7)); + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 7)); + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SQR2 = tmpreg1; + } + /* For Rank 13 to 16 */ + else + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SQR1; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SQR1_SQ_Set << (5 * (Rank - 13)); + /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (Rank - 13)); + /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SQR1 = tmpreg1; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the ADCx conversion through external trigger. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC external trigger start of conversion. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ExternalTrigConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC conversion on external event */ + ADCx->CR2 |= CR2_EXTTRIG_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC conversion on external event */ + ADCx->CR2 &= CR2_EXTTRIG_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the last ADCx conversion result data for regular channel. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval The Data conversion value. + */ +uint16_t ADC_GetConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + /* Return the selected ADC conversion value */ + return (uint16_t) ADCx->DR; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the last ADC1 and ADC2 conversion result data in dual mode. + * @retval The Data conversion value. + */ +uint32_t ADC_GetDualModeConversionValue(void) +{ + /* Return the dual mode conversion value */ + return (*(__IO uint32_t *) DR_ADDRESS); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected ADC automatic injected group + * conversion after regular one. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC auto injected conversion + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */ + ADCx->CR1 |= CR1_JAUTO_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */ + ADCx->CR1 &= CR1_JAUTO_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the discontinuous mode for injected group + * channel for the specified ADC + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC discontinuous mode + * on injected group channel. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */ + ADCx->CR1 |= CR1_JDISCEN_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */ + ADCx->CR1 &= CR1_JDISCEN_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the ADCx external trigger for injected channels conversion. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv: specifies the ADC trigger to start injected conversion. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_TRGO: Timer1 TRGO event selected (for ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_CC4: Timer1 capture compare4 selected (for ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO: Timer2 TRGO event selected (for ADC1 and ADC2) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1: Timer2 capture compare1 selected (for ADC1 and ADC2) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4: Timer3 capture compare4 selected (for ADC1 and ADC2) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO: Timer4 TRGO event selected (for ADC1 and ADC2) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15_TIM8_CC4: External interrupt line 15 or Timer8 + * capture compare4 event selected (for ADC1 and ADC2) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3: Timer4 capture compare3 selected (for ADC3 only) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC2: Timer8 capture compare2 selected (for ADC3 only) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC4: Timer8 capture compare4 selected (for ADC3 only) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_TRGO: Timer5 TRGO event selected (for ADC3 only) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_CC4: Timer5 capture compare4 selected (for ADC3 only) + * @arg ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_None: Injected conversion started by software and not + * by external trigger (for ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3) + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv)); + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = ADCx->CR2; + /* Clear the old external event selection for injected group */ + tmpreg &= CR2_JEXTSEL_Reset; + /* Set the external event selection for injected group */ + tmpreg |= ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the ADCx injected channels conversion through + * external trigger + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC external trigger start of + * injected conversion. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC external event selection for injected group */ + ADCx->CR2 |= CR2_JEXTTRIG_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC external event selection for injected group */ + ADCx->CR2 &= CR2_JEXTTRIG_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected ADC start of the injected + * channels conversion. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the selected ADC software start injected conversion. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_SoftwareStartInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected ADC conversion for injected group on external event and start the selected + ADC injected conversion */ + ADCx->CR2 |= CR2_JEXTTRIG_JSWSTART_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected ADC conversion on external event for injected group and stop the selected + ADC injected conversion */ + ADCx->CR2 &= CR2_JEXTTRIG_JSWSTART_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the selected ADC Software start injected conversion Status. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @retval The new state of ADC software start injected conversion (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartInjectedConvCmdStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + /* Check the status of JSWSTART bit */ + if ((ADCx->CR2 & CR2_JSWSTART_Set) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* JSWSTART bit is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* JSWSTART bit is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the JSWSTART bit status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures for the selected ADC injected channel its corresponding + * rank in the sequencer and its sample time. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected + * @param Rank: The rank in the injected group sequencer. This parameter must be between 1 and 4. + * @param ADC_SampleTime: The sample time value to be set for the selected channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_1Cycles5: Sample time equal to 1.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5: Sample time equal to 7.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_13Cycles5: Sample time equal to 13.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles5: Sample time equal to 28.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_41Cycles5: Sample time equal to 41.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_55Cycles5: Sample time equal to 55.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_71Cycles5: Sample time equal to 71.5 cycles + * @arg ADC_SampleTime_239Cycles5: Sample time equal to 239.5 cycles + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_InjectedChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0, tmpreg3 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(Rank)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(ADC_SampleTime)); + /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_17 is selected */ + if (ADC_Channel > ADC_Channel_9) + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR1; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SMPR1_SMP_Set << (3*(ADC_Channel - 10)); + /* Clear the old channel sample time */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3*(ADC_Channel - 10)); + /* Set the new channel sample time */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SMPR1 = tmpreg1; + } + else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */ + { + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->SMPR2; + /* Calculate the mask to clear */ + tmpreg2 = SMPR2_SMP_Set << (3 * ADC_Channel); + /* Clear the old channel sample time */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_SampleTime << (3 * ADC_Channel); + /* Set the new channel sample time */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->SMPR2 = tmpreg1; + } + /* Rank configuration */ + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->JSQR; + /* Get JL value: Number = JL+1 */ + tmpreg3 = (tmpreg1 & JSQR_JL_Set)>> 20; + /* Calculate the mask to clear: ((Rank-1)+(4-JL-1)) */ + tmpreg2 = JSQR_JSQ_Set << (5 * (uint8_t)((Rank + 3) - (tmpreg3 + 1))); + /* Clear the old JSQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 &= ~tmpreg2; + /* Calculate the mask to set: ((Rank-1)+(4-JL-1)) */ + tmpreg2 = (uint32_t)ADC_Channel << (5 * (uint8_t)((Rank + 3) - (tmpreg3 + 1))); + /* Set the JSQx bits for the selected rank */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->JSQR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the sequencer length for injected channels + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param Length: The sequencer length. + * This parameter must be a number between 1 to 4. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Length) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0; + uint32_t tmpreg2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(Length)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg1 = ADCx->JSQR; + /* Clear the old injected sequnence lenght JL bits */ + tmpreg1 &= JSQR_JL_Reset; + /* Set the injected sequnence lenght JL bits */ + tmpreg2 = Length - 1; + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << 20; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->JSQR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the injected channels conversion value offset + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_InjectedChannel: the ADC injected channel to set its offset. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_1: Injected Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_2: Injected Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_3: Injected Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_4: Injected Channel4 selected + * @param Offset: the offset value for the selected ADC injected channel + * This parameter must be a 12bit value. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_SetInjectedOffset(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel, uint16_t Offset) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(ADC_InjectedChannel)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_OFFSET(Offset)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)ADCx; + tmp += ADC_InjectedChannel; + + /* Set the selected injected channel data offset */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = (uint32_t)Offset; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the ADC injected channel conversion result + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_InjectedChannel: the converted ADC injected channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_1: Injected Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_2: Injected Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_3: Injected Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_InjectedChannel_4: Injected Channel4 selected + * @retval The Data conversion value. + */ +uint16_t ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(ADC_InjectedChannel)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)ADCx; + tmp += ADC_InjectedChannel + JDR_Offset; + + /* Returns the selected injected channel conversion data value */ + return (uint16_t) (*(__IO uint32_t*) tmp); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the analog watchdog on single/all regular + * or injected channels + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_AnalogWatchdog: the ADC analog watchdog configuration. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable: Analog watchdog on a single regular channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on a single injected channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on a single regular or injected channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable: Analog watchdog on all regular channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on all injected channel + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable: Analog watchdog on all regular and injected channels + * @arg ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None: No channel guarded by the analog watchdog + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_AnalogWatchdog) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(ADC_AnalogWatchdog)); + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = ADCx->CR1; + /* Clear AWDEN, AWDENJ and AWDSGL bits */ + tmpreg &= CR1_AWDMode_Reset; + /* Set the analog watchdog enable mode */ + tmpreg |= ADC_AnalogWatchdog; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the high and low thresholds of the analog watchdog. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param HighThreshold: the ADC analog watchdog High threshold value. + * This parameter must be a 12bit value. + * @param LowThreshold: the ADC analog watchdog Low threshold value. + * This parameter must be a 12bit value. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t HighThreshold, + uint16_t LowThreshold) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(HighThreshold)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(LowThreshold)); + /* Set the ADCx high threshold */ + ADCx->HTR = HighThreshold; + /* Set the ADCx low threshold */ + ADCx->LTR = LowThreshold; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the analog watchdog guarded single channel + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_Channel: the ADC channel to configure for the analog watchdog. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_Channel_0: ADC Channel0 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_1: ADC Channel1 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_2: ADC Channel2 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_3: ADC Channel3 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_4: ADC Channel4 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_5: ADC Channel5 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_6: ADC Channel6 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_7: ADC Channel7 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_8: ADC Channel8 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_9: ADC Channel9 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_10: ADC Channel10 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_11: ADC Channel11 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_12: ADC Channel12 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_13: ADC Channel13 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_14: ADC Channel14 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_15: ADC Channel15 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_16: ADC Channel16 selected + * @arg ADC_Channel_17: ADC Channel17 selected + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(ADC_Channel)); + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = ADCx->CR1; + /* Clear the Analog watchdog channel select bits */ + tmpreg &= CR1_AWDCH_Reset; + /* Set the Analog watchdog channel */ + tmpreg |= ADC_Channel; + /* Store the new register value */ + ADCx->CR1 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the temperature sensor and Vrefint channel. + * @param NewState: new state of the temperature sensor. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the temperature sensor and Vrefint channel*/ + ADC1->CR2 |= CR2_TSVREFE_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the temperature sensor and Vrefint channel*/ + ADC1->CR2 &= CR2_TSVREFE_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified ADC flag is set or not. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_FLAG_AWD: Analog watchdog flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_EOC: End of conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JEOC: End of injected group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JSTRT: Start of injected group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_STRT: Start of regular group conversion flag + * @retval The new state of ADC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus ADC_GetFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_GET_FLAG(ADC_FLAG)); + /* Check the status of the specified ADC flag */ + if ((ADCx->SR & ADC_FLAG) != (uint8_t)RESET) + { + /* ADC_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* ADC_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the ADC_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the ADCx's pending flags. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg ADC_FLAG_AWD: Analog watchdog flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_EOC: End of conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JEOC: End of injected group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_JSTRT: Start of injected group conversion flag + * @arg ADC_FLAG_STRT: Start of regular group conversion flag + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ClearFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(ADC_FLAG)); + /* Clear the selected ADC flags */ + ADCx->SR = ~(uint32_t)ADC_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified ADC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt mask + * @retval The new state of ADC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus ADC_GetITStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t itmask = 0, enablestatus = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_GET_IT(ADC_IT)); + /* Get the ADC IT index */ + itmask = ADC_IT >> 8; + /* Get the ADC_IT enable bit status */ + enablestatus = (ADCx->CR1 & (uint8_t)ADC_IT) ; + /* Check the status of the specified ADC interrupt */ + if (((ADCx->SR & itmask) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* ADC_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* ADC_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the ADC_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the ADCx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param ADCx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the ADC peripheral. + * @param ADC_IT: specifies the ADC interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg ADC_IT_EOC: End of conversion interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_AWD: Analog watchdog interrupt mask + * @arg ADC_IT_JEOC: End of injected conversion interrupt mask + * @retval None + */ +void ADC_ClearITPendingBit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT) +{ + uint8_t itmask = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(ADCx)); + assert_param(IS_ADC_IT(ADC_IT)); + /* Get the ADC IT index */ + itmask = (uint8_t)(ADC_IT >> 8); + /* Clear the selected ADC interrupt pending bits */ + ADCx->SR = ~(uint32_t)itmask; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_bkp.c b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_bkp.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..997eecc --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_bkp.c @@ -0,0 +1,308 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f10x_bkp.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V3.5.0 + * @date 11-March-2011 + * @brief This file provides all the BKP firmware functions. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f10x_bkp.h" +#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup BKP + * @brief BKP driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup BKP_Private_TypesDefinitions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup BKP_Private_Defines + * @{ + */ + +/* ------------ BKP registers bit address in the alias region --------------- */ +#define BKP_OFFSET (BKP_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) + +/* --- CR Register ----*/ + +/* Alias word address of TPAL bit */ +#define CR_OFFSET (BKP_OFFSET + 0x30) +#define TPAL_BitNumber 0x01 +#define CR_TPAL_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (TPAL_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of TPE bit */ +#define TPE_BitNumber 0x00 +#define CR_TPE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (TPE_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- CSR Register ---*/ + +/* Alias word address of TPIE bit */ +#define CSR_OFFSET (BKP_OFFSET + 0x34) +#define TPIE_BitNumber 0x02 +#define CSR_TPIE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (TPIE_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of TIF bit */ +#define TIF_BitNumber 0x09 +#define CSR_TIF_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (TIF_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of TEF bit */ +#define TEF_BitNumber 0x08 +#define CSR_TEF_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (TEF_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* ---------------------- BKP registers bit mask ------------------------ */ + +/* RTCCR register bit mask */ +#define RTCCR_CAL_MASK ((uint16_t)0xFF80) +#define RTCCR_MASK ((uint16_t)0xFC7F) + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup BKP_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup BKP_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup BKP_Private_FunctionPrototypes + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup BKP_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the BKP peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void BKP_DeInit(void) +{ + RCC_BackupResetCmd(ENABLE); + RCC_BackupResetCmd(DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the Tamper Pin active level. + * @param BKP_TamperPinLevel: specifies the Tamper Pin active level. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg BKP_TamperPinLevel_High: Tamper pin active on high level + * @arg BKP_TamperPinLevel_Low: Tamper pin active on low level + * @retval None + */ +void BKP_TamperPinLevelConfig(uint16_t BKP_TamperPinLevel) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_BKP_TAMPER_PIN_LEVEL(BKP_TamperPinLevel)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_TPAL_BB = BKP_TamperPinLevel; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Tamper Pin activation. + * @param NewState: new state of the Tamper Pin activation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void BKP_TamperPinCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_TPE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Tamper Pin Interrupt. + * @param NewState: new state of the Tamper Pin Interrupt. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void BKP_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_TPIE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Select the RTC output source to output on the Tamper pin. + * @param BKP_RTCOutputSource: specifies the RTC output source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg BKP_RTCOutputSource_None: no RTC output on the Tamper pin. + * @arg BKP_RTCOutputSource_CalibClock: output the RTC clock with frequency + * divided by 64 on the Tamper pin. + * @arg BKP_RTCOutputSource_Alarm: output the RTC Alarm pulse signal on + * the Tamper pin. + * @arg BKP_RTCOutputSource_Second: output the RTC Second pulse signal on + * the Tamper pin. + * @retval None + */ +void BKP_RTCOutputConfig(uint16_t BKP_RTCOutputSource) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_BKP_RTC_OUTPUT_SOURCE(BKP_RTCOutputSource)); + tmpreg = BKP->RTCCR; + /* Clear CCO, ASOE and ASOS bits */ + tmpreg &= RTCCR_MASK; + + /* Set CCO, ASOE and ASOS bits according to BKP_RTCOutputSource value */ + tmpreg |= BKP_RTCOutputSource; + /* Store the new value */ + BKP->RTCCR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets RTC Clock Calibration value. + * @param CalibrationValue: specifies the RTC Clock Calibration value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x7F. + * @retval None + */ +void BKP_SetRTCCalibrationValue(uint8_t CalibrationValue) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_BKP_CALIBRATION_VALUE(CalibrationValue)); + tmpreg = BKP->RTCCR; + /* Clear CAL[6:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= RTCCR_CAL_MASK; + /* Set CAL[6:0] bits according to CalibrationValue value */ + tmpreg |= CalibrationValue; + /* Store the new value */ + BKP->RTCCR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Writes user data to the specified Data Backup Register. + * @param BKP_DR: specifies the Data Backup Register. + * This parameter can be BKP_DRx where x:[1, 42] + * @param Data: data to write + * @retval None + */ +void BKP_WriteBackupRegister(uint16_t BKP_DR, uint16_t Data) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_BKP_DR(BKP_DR)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)BKP_BASE; + tmp += BKP_DR; + + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads data from the specified Data Backup Register. + * @param BKP_DR: specifies the Data Backup Register. + * This parameter can be BKP_DRx where x:[1, 42] + * @retval The content of the specified Data Backup Register + */ +uint16_t BKP_ReadBackupRegister(uint16_t BKP_DR) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_BKP_DR(BKP_DR)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)BKP_BASE; + tmp += BKP_DR; + + return (*(__IO uint16_t *) tmp); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the Tamper Pin Event flag is set or not. + * @param None + * @retval The new state of the Tamper Pin Event flag (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus BKP_GetFlagStatus(void) +{ + return (FlagStatus)(*(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_TEF_BB); +} + +/** + * @brief Clears Tamper Pin Event pending flag. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void BKP_ClearFlag(void) +{ + /* Set CTE bit to clear Tamper Pin Event flag */ + BKP->CSR |= BKP_CSR_CTE; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the Tamper Pin Interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param None + * @retval The new state of the Tamper Pin Interrupt (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus BKP_GetITStatus(void) +{ + return (ITStatus)(*(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_TIF_BB); +} + +/** + * @brief Clears Tamper Pin Interrupt pending bit. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void BKP_ClearITPendingBit(void) +{ + /* Set CTI bit to clear Tamper Pin Interrupt pending bit */ + BKP->CSR |= BKP_CSR_CTI; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_cec.c b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_cec.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4dc615f --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_cec.c @@ -0,0 +1,433 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f10x_cec.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V3.5.0 + * @date 11-March-2011 + * @brief This file provides all the CEC firmware functions. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f10x_cec.h" +#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC + * @brief CEC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CEC_Private_TypesDefinitions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Defines + * @{ + */ + +/* ------------ CEC registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ +#define CEC_OFFSET (CEC_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) + +/* --- CFGR Register ---*/ + +/* Alias word address of PE bit */ +#define CFGR_OFFSET (CEC_OFFSET + 0x00) +#define PE_BitNumber 0x00 +#define CFGR_PE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR_OFFSET * 32) + (PE_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of IE bit */ +#define IE_BitNumber 0x01 +#define CFGR_IE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR_OFFSET * 32) + (IE_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- CSR Register ---*/ + +/* Alias word address of TSOM bit */ +#define CSR_OFFSET (CEC_OFFSET + 0x10) +#define TSOM_BitNumber 0x00 +#define CSR_TSOM_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (TSOM_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of TEOM bit */ +#define TEOM_BitNumber 0x01 +#define CSR_TEOM_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (TEOM_BitNumber * 4)) + +#define CFGR_CLEAR_Mask (uint8_t)(0xF3) /* CFGR register Mask */ +#define FLAG_Mask ((uint32_t)0x00FFFFFF) /* CEC FLAG mask */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CEC_Private_FunctionPrototypes + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + + +/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the CEC peripheral registers to their default reset + * values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Enable CEC reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CEC, ENABLE); + /* Release CEC from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CEC, DISABLE); +} + + +/** + * @brief Initializes the CEC peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the CEC_InitStruct. + * @param CEC_InitStruct: pointer to an CEC_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified + * CEC peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_Init(CEC_InitTypeDef* CEC_InitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CEC_BIT_TIMING_ERROR_MODE(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BitTimingMode)); + assert_param(IS_CEC_BIT_PERIOD_ERROR_MODE(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BitPeriodMode)); + + /*---------------------------- CEC CFGR Configuration -----------------*/ + /* Get the CEC CFGR value */ + tmpreg = CEC->CFGR; + + /* Clear BTEM and BPEM bits */ + tmpreg &= CFGR_CLEAR_Mask; + + /* Configure CEC: Bit Timing Error and Bit Period Error */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BitTimingMode | CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BitPeriodMode); + + /* Write to CEC CFGR register*/ + CEC->CFGR = tmpreg; + +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified CEC peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the CEC peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CFGR_PE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; + + if(NewState == DISABLE) + { + /* Wait until the PE bit is cleared by hardware (Idle Line detected) */ + while((CEC->CFGR & CEC_CFGR_PE) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the CEC interrupt. + * @param NewState: new state of the CEC interrupt. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) CFGR_IE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Defines the Own Address of the CEC device. + * @param CEC_OwnAddress: The CEC own address + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_OwnAddressConfig(uint8_t CEC_OwnAddress) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(CEC_OwnAddress)); + + /* Set the CEC own address */ + CEC->OAR = CEC_OwnAddress; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the CEC prescaler value. + * @param CEC_Prescaler: CEC prescaler new value + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_SetPrescaler(uint16_t CEC_Prescaler) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CEC_PRESCALER(CEC_Prescaler)); + + /* Set the Prescaler value*/ + CEC->PRES = CEC_Prescaler; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits single data through the CEC peripheral. + * @param Data: the data to transmit. + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_SendDataByte(uint8_t Data) +{ + /* Transmit Data */ + CEC->TXD = Data ; +} + + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the CEC peripheral. + * @param None + * @retval The received data. + */ +uint8_t CEC_ReceiveDataByte(void) +{ + /* Receive Data */ + return (uint8_t)(CEC->RXD); +} + +/** + * @brief Starts a new message. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_StartOfMessage(void) +{ + /* Starts of new message */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_TSOM_BB = (uint32_t)0x1; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits message with or without an EOM bit. + * @param NewState: new state of the CEC Tx End Of Message. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_EndOfMessageCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + /* The data byte will be transmitted with or without an EOM bit*/ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_TEOM_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the CEC flag status + * @param CEC_FLAG: specifies the CEC flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CEC_FLAG_BTE: Bit Timing Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_BPE: Bit Period Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_RBTFE: Rx Block Transfer Finished Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_SBE: Start Bit Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_ACKE: Block Acknowledge Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_LINE: Line Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TBTFE: Tx Block Transfer Finished Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TEOM: Tx End Of Message + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TERR: Tx Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TBTRF: Tx Byte Transfer Request or Block Transfer Finished + * @arg CEC_FLAG_RSOM: Rx Start Of Message + * @arg CEC_FLAG_REOM: Rx End Of Message + * @arg CEC_FLAG_RERR: Rx Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_RBTF: Rx Byte/Block Transfer Finished + * @retval The new state of CEC_FLAG (SET or RESET) + */ +FlagStatus CEC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t CEC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t cecreg = 0, cecbase = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CEC_GET_FLAG(CEC_FLAG)); + + /* Get the CEC peripheral base address */ + cecbase = (uint32_t)(CEC_BASE); + + /* Read flag register index */ + cecreg = CEC_FLAG >> 28; + + /* Get bit[23:0] of the flag */ + CEC_FLAG &= FLAG_Mask; + + if(cecreg != 0) + { + /* Flag in CEC ESR Register */ + CEC_FLAG = (uint32_t)(CEC_FLAG >> 16); + + /* Get the CEC ESR register address */ + cecbase += 0xC; + } + else + { + /* Get the CEC CSR register address */ + cecbase += 0x10; + } + + if(((*(__IO uint32_t *)cecbase) & CEC_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* CEC_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CEC_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the CEC_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the CEC's pending flags. + * @param CEC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TERR: Tx Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_TBTRF: Tx Byte Transfer Request or Block Transfer Finished + * @arg CEC_FLAG_RSOM: Rx Start Of Message + * @arg CEC_FLAG_REOM: Rx End Of Message + * @arg CEC_FLAG_RERR: Rx Error + * @arg CEC_FLAG_RBTF: Rx Byte/Block Transfer Finished + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_ClearFlag(uint32_t CEC_FLAG) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0x0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(CEC_FLAG)); + + tmp = CEC->CSR & 0x2; + + /* Clear the selected CEC flags */ + CEC->CSR &= (uint32_t)(((~(uint32_t)CEC_FLAG) & 0xFFFFFFFC) | tmp); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified CEC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param CEC_IT: specifies the CEC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg CEC_IT_TERR: Tx Error + * @arg CEC_IT_TBTF: Tx Block Transfer Finished + * @arg CEC_IT_RERR: Rx Error + * @arg CEC_IT_RBTF: Rx Block Transfer Finished + * @retval The new state of CEC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus CEC_GetITStatus(uint8_t CEC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CEC_GET_IT(CEC_IT)); + + /* Get the CEC IT enable bit status */ + enablestatus = (CEC->CFGR & (uint8_t)CEC_CFGR_IE) ; + + /* Check the status of the specified CEC interrupt */ + if (((CEC->CSR & CEC_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* CEC_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* CEC_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the CEC_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the CEC's interrupt pending bits. + * @param CEC_IT: specifies the CEC interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg CEC_IT_TERR: Tx Error + * @arg CEC_IT_TBTF: Tx Block Transfer Finished + * @arg CEC_IT_RERR: Rx Error + * @arg CEC_IT_RBTF: Rx Block Transfer Finished + * @retval None + */ +void CEC_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t CEC_IT) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0x0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_CEC_GET_IT(CEC_IT)); + + tmp = CEC->CSR & 0x2; + + /* Clear the selected CEC interrupt pending bits */ + CEC->CSR &= (uint32_t)(((~(uint32_t)CEC_IT) & 0xFFFFFFFC) | tmp); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_crc.c b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_crc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6501728 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_crc.c @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f10x_crc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V3.5.0 + * @date 11-March-2011 + * @brief This file provides all the CRC firmware functions. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f10x_crc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC + * @brief CRC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Private_TypesDefinitions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Defines + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Private_FunctionPrototypes + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Resets the CRC Data register (DR). + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void CRC_ResetDR(void) +{ + /* Reset CRC generator */ + CRC->CR = CRC_CR_RESET; +} + +/** + * @brief Computes the 32-bit CRC of a given data word(32-bit). + * @param Data: data word(32-bit) to compute its CRC + * @retval 32-bit CRC + */ +uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC(uint32_t Data) +{ + CRC->DR = Data; + + return (CRC->DR); +} + +/** + * @brief Computes the 32-bit CRC of a given buffer of data word(32-bit). + * @param pBuffer: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be computed + * @param BufferLength: length of the buffer to be computed + * @retval 32-bit CRC + */ +uint32_t CRC_CalcBlockCRC(uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength) +{ + uint32_t index = 0; + + for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++) + { + CRC->DR = pBuffer[index]; + } + return (CRC->DR); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the current CRC value. + * @param None + * @retval 32-bit CRC + */ +uint32_t CRC_GetCRC(void) +{ + return (CRC->DR); +} + +/** + * @brief Stores a 8-bit data in the Independent Data(ID) register. + * @param IDValue: 8-bit value to be stored in the ID register + * @retval None + */ +void CRC_SetIDRegister(uint8_t IDValue) +{ + CRC->IDR = IDValue; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the 8-bit data stored in the Independent Data(ID) register + * @param None + * @retval 8-bit value of the ID register + */ +uint8_t CRC_GetIDRegister(void) +{ + return (CRC->IDR); +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_dac.c b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_dac.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1cfc71d --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_dac.c @@ -0,0 +1,571 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f10x_dac.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V3.5.0 + * @date 11-March-2011 + * @brief This file provides all the DAC firmware functions. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f10x_dac.h" +#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC + * @brief DAC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Private_TypesDefinitions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Defines + * @{ + */ + +/* CR register Mask */ +#define CR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFE) + +/* DAC Dual Channels SWTRIG masks */ +#define DUAL_SWTRIG_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000003) +#define DUAL_SWTRIG_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC) + +/* DHR registers offsets */ +#define DHR12R1_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +#define DHR12R2_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000014) +#define DHR12RD_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000020) + +/* DOR register offset */ +#define DOR_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x0000002C) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Private_FunctionPrototypes + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DeInit(void) +{ + /* Enable DAC reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, ENABLE); + /* Release DAC from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the DAC_InitStruct. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_InitStruct: pointer to a DAC_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified DAC channel. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_Init(uint32_t DAC_Channel, DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0; + /* Check the DAC parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_GENERATE_WAVE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer)); +/*---------------------------- DAC CR Configuration --------------------------*/ + /* Get the DAC CR value */ + tmpreg1 = DAC->CR; + /* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */ + tmpreg1 &= ~(CR_CLEAR_MASK << DAC_Channel); + /* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger, wave generation, + mask/amplitude for wave generation */ + /* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */ + /* Set WAVEx bits according to DAC_WaveGeneration value */ + /* Set MAMPx bits according to DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude value */ + /* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */ + tmpreg2 = (DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger | DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration | + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude | DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer); + /* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */ + tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << DAC_Channel; + /* Write to DAC CR */ + DAC->CR = tmpreg1; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each DAC_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param DAC_InitStruct : pointer to a DAC_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_StructInit(DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct) +{ +/*--------------- Reset DAC init structure parameters values -----------------*/ + /* Initialize the DAC_Trigger member */ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger = DAC_Trigger_None; + /* Initialize the DAC_WaveGeneration member */ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration = DAC_WaveGeneration_None; + /* Initialize the DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude member */ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude = DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0; + /* Initialize the DAC_OutputBuffer member */ + DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC channel. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param NewState: new state of the DAC channel. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_Cmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->CR |= (DAC_CR_EN1 << DAC_Channel); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_EN1 << DAC_Channel); + } +} +#if defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL) +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC interrupts. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be the following values: + * @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified DAC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_ITConfig(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC interrupts */ + DAC->CR |= (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DAC interrupts */ + DAC->CR &= (~(uint32_t)(DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)); + } +} +#endif + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC channel DMA request. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel DMA request. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DMACmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected DAC channel DMA request */ + DAC->CR |= (DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << DAC_Channel); + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */ + DAC->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << DAC_Channel); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel software trigger. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel software trigger. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable software trigger for the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1 << (DAC_Channel >> 4); + } + else + { + /* Disable software trigger for the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->SWTRIGR &= ~((uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1 << (DAC_Channel >> 4)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables simultaneously the two DAC channels software + * triggers. + * @param NewState: new state of the DAC channels software triggers. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable software trigger for both DAC channels */ + DAC->SWTRIGR |= DUAL_SWTRIG_SET ; + } + else + { + /* Disable software trigger for both DAC channels */ + DAC->SWTRIGR &= DUAL_SWTRIG_RESET; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_Wave: Specifies the wave type to enable or disable. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Wave_Noise: noise wave generation + * @arg DAC_Wave_Triangle: triangle wave generation + * @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel wave generation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_WaveGenerationCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_Wave, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_WAVE(DAC_Wave)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->CR |= DAC_Wave << DAC_Channel; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */ + DAC->CR &= ~(DAC_Wave << DAC_Channel); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel1. + * @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel1. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data : Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_SetChannel1Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE; + tmp += DHR12R1_OFFSET + DAC_Align; + + /* Set the DAC channel1 selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel2. + * @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel2. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data : Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_SetChannel2Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data)); + + tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE; + tmp += DHR12R2_OFFSET + DAC_Align; + + /* Set the DAC channel2 selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Set the specified data holding register value for dual channel + * DAC. + * @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected + * @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected + * @param Data2: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data + * holding register. + * @param Data1: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data + * holding register. + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_SetDualChannelData(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data2, uint16_t Data1) +{ + uint32_t data = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2)); + + /* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */ + if (DAC_Align == DAC_Align_8b_R) + { + data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8) | Data1; + } + else + { + data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16) | Data1; + } + + tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE; + tmp += DHR12RD_OFFSET + DAC_Align; + + /* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value. + */ +uint16_t DAC_GetDataOutputValue(uint32_t DAC_Channel) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + + tmp = (uint32_t) DAC_BASE ; + tmp += DOR_OFFSET + ((uint32_t)DAC_Channel >> 2); + + /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */ + return (uint16_t) (*(__IO uint32_t*) tmp); +} + +#if defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL) +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DAC flag is set or not. + * @param DAC_Channel: thee selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be only of the following value: + * @arg DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR: DMA underrun flag + * @retval The new state of DAC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus DAC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_FLAG(DAC_FLAG)); + + /* Check the status of the specified DAC flag */ + if ((DAC->SR & (DAC_FLAG << DAC_Channel)) != (uint8_t)RESET) + { + /* DAC_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DAC_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the DAC_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DAC channelx's pending flags. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be of the following value: + * @arg DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR: DMA underrun flag + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_ClearFlag(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_FLAG(DAC_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the selected DAC flags */ + DAC->SR = (DAC_FLAG << DAC_Channel); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified DAC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be the following values: + * @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask + * @retval The new state of DAC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus DAC_GetITStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT)); + + /* Get the DAC_IT enable bit status */ + enablestatus = (DAC->CR & (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)) ; + + /* Check the status of the specified DAC interrupt */ + if (((DAC->SR & (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* DAC_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* DAC_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the DAC_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the DAC channelx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected + * @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected + * @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be the following values: + * @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask + * @retval None + */ +void DAC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT)); + + /* Clear the selected DAC interrupt pending bits */ + DAC->SR = (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel); +} +#endif + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_dbgmcu.c b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_dbgmcu.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..96a8fde --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_dbgmcu.c @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f10x_dbgmcu.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V3.5.0 + * @date 11-March-2011 + * @brief This file provides all the DBGMCU firmware functions. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f10x_dbgmcu.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU + * @brief DBGMCU driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_TypesDefinitions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_Defines + * @{ + */ + +#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_FunctionPrototypes + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the device revision identifier. + * @param None + * @retval Device revision identifier + */ +uint32_t DBGMCU_GetREVID(void) +{ + return(DBGMCU->IDCODE >> 16); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the device identifier. + * @param None + * @retval Device identifier + */ +uint32_t DBGMCU_GetDEVID(void) +{ + return(DBGMCU->IDCODE & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the specified peripheral and low power mode behavior + * when the MCU under Debug mode. + * @param DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the peripheral and low power mode. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg DBGMCU_SLEEP: Keep debugger connection during SLEEP mode + * @arg DBGMCU_STOP: Keep debugger connection during STOP mode + * @arg DBGMCU_STANDBY: Keep debugger connection during STANDBY mode + * @arg DBGMCU_IWDG_STOP: Debug IWDG stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_WWDG_STOP: Debug WWDG stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM1_STOP: TIM1 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM2_STOP: TIM2 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM3_STOP: TIM3 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM4_STOP: TIM4 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_CAN1_STOP: Debug CAN2 stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C1 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C2 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM5_STOP: TIM5 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM6_STOP: TIM6 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM7_STOP: TIM7 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM8_STOP: TIM8 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_CAN2_STOP: Debug CAN2 stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM15_STOP: TIM15 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM16_STOP: TIM16 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM17_STOP: TIM17 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM9_STOP: TIM9 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM10_STOP: TIM10 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM11_STOP: TIM11 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM12_STOP: TIM12 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM13_STOP: TIM13 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @arg DBGMCU_TIM14_STOP: TIM14 counter stopped when Core is halted + * @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral in Debug mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void DBGMCU_Config(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + DBGMCU->CR |= DBGMCU_Periph; + } + else + { + DBGMCU->CR &= ~DBGMCU_Periph; + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_flash.c b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_flash.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cdff9e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_flash.c @@ -0,0 +1,1684 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f10x_flash.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V3.5.0 + * @date 11-March-2011 + * @brief This file provides all the FLASH firmware functions. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f10x_flash.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH + * @brief FLASH driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_TypesDefinitions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Defines + * @{ + */ + +/* Flash Access Control Register bits */ +#define ACR_LATENCY_Mask ((uint32_t)0x00000038) +#define ACR_HLFCYA_Mask ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF7) +#define ACR_PRFTBE_Mask ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFEF) + +/* Flash Access Control Register bits */ +#define ACR_PRFTBS_Mask ((uint32_t)0x00000020) + +/* Flash Control Register bits */ +#define CR_PG_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define CR_PG_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00001FFE) +#define CR_PER_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define CR_PER_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00001FFD) +#define CR_MER_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define CR_MER_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00001FFB) +#define CR_OPTPG_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000010) +#define CR_OPTPG_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00001FEF) +#define CR_OPTER_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000020) +#define CR_OPTER_Reset ((uint32_t)0x00001FDF) +#define CR_STRT_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define CR_LOCK_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000080) + +/* FLASH Mask */ +#define RDPRT_Mask ((uint32_t)0x00000002) +#define WRP0_Mask ((uint32_t)0x000000FF) +#define WRP1_Mask ((uint32_t)0x0000FF00) +#define WRP2_Mask ((uint32_t)0x00FF0000) +#define WRP3_Mask ((uint32_t)0xFF000000) +#define OB_USER_BFB2 ((uint16_t)0x0008) + +/* FLASH Keys */ +#define RDP_Key ((uint16_t)0x00A5) +#define FLASH_KEY1 ((uint32_t)0x45670123) +#define FLASH_KEY2 ((uint32_t)0xCDEF89AB) + +/* FLASH BANK address */ +#define FLASH_BANK1_END_ADDRESS ((uint32_t)0x807FFFF) + +/* Delay definition */ +#define EraseTimeout ((uint32_t)0x000B0000) +#define ProgramTimeout ((uint32_t)0x00002000) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_FunctionPrototypes + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** +@code + + This driver provides functions to configure and program the Flash memory of all STM32F10x devices, + including the latest STM32F10x_XL density devices. + + STM32F10x_XL devices feature up to 1 Mbyte with dual bank architecture for read-while-write (RWW) capability: + - bank1: fixed size of 512 Kbytes (256 pages of 2Kbytes each) + - bank2: up to 512 Kbytes (up to 256 pages of 2Kbytes each) + While other STM32F10x devices features only one bank with memory up to 512 Kbytes. + + In version V3.3.0, some functions were updated and new ones were added to support + STM32F10x_XL devices. Thus some functions manages all devices, while other are + dedicated for XL devices only. + + The table below presents the list of available functions depending on the used STM32F10x devices. + + *************************************************** + * Legacy functions used for all STM32F10x devices * + *************************************************** + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Functions prototypes |STM32F10x_XL|Other STM32F10x| Comments | + | | devices | devices | | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_SetLatency | Yes | Yes | No change | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_HalfCycleAccessCmd | Yes | Yes | No change | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd | Yes | Yes | No change | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_Unlock | Yes | Yes | - For STM32F10X_XL devices: unlock Bank1 and Bank2. | + | | | | - For other devices: unlock Bank1 and it is equivalent | + | | | | to FLASH_UnlockBank1 function. | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_Lock | Yes | Yes | - For STM32F10X_XL devices: lock Bank1 and Bank2. | + | | | | - For other devices: lock Bank1 and it is equivalent | + | | | | to FLASH_LockBank1 function. | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_ErasePage | Yes | Yes | - For STM32F10x_XL devices: erase a page in Bank1 and Bank2 | + | | | | - For other devices: erase a page in Bank1 | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_EraseAllPages | Yes | Yes | - For STM32F10x_XL devices: erase all pages in Bank1 and Bank2 | + | | | | - For other devices: erase all pages in Bank1 | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_EraseOptionBytes | Yes | Yes | No change | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_ProgramWord | Yes | Yes | Updated to program up to 1MByte (depending on the used device) | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_ProgramHalfWord | Yes | Yes | Updated to program up to 1MByte (depending on the used device) | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_ProgramOptionByteData | Yes | Yes | No change | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_EnableWriteProtection | Yes | Yes | No change | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_ReadOutProtection | Yes | Yes | No change | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_UserOptionByteConfig | Yes | Yes | No change | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_GetUserOptionByte | Yes | Yes | No change | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_GetWriteProtectionOptionByte | Yes | Yes | No change | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_GetReadOutProtectionStatus | Yes | Yes | No change | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_GetPrefetchBufferStatus | Yes | Yes | No change | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_ITConfig | Yes | Yes | - For STM32F10x_XL devices: enable Bank1 and Bank2's interrupts| + | | | | - For other devices: enable Bank1's interrupts | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_GetFlagStatus | Yes | Yes | - For STM32F10x_XL devices: return Bank1 and Bank2's flag status| + | | | | - For other devices: return Bank1's flag status | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_ClearFlag | Yes | Yes | - For STM32F10x_XL devices: clear Bank1 and Bank2's flag | + | | | | - For other devices: clear Bank1's flag | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_GetStatus | Yes | Yes | - Return the status of Bank1 (for all devices) | + | | | | equivalent to FLASH_GetBank1Status function | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_WaitForLastOperation | Yes | Yes | - Wait for Bank1 last operation (for all devices) | + | | | | equivalent to: FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation function | + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + ************************************************************************************************************************ + * New functions used for all STM32F10x devices to manage Bank1: * + * - These functions are mainly useful for STM32F10x_XL density devices, to have separate control for Bank1 and bank2 * + * - For other devices, these functions are optional (covered by functions listed above) * + ************************************************************************************************************************ + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Functions prototypes |STM32F10x_XL|Other STM32F10x| Comments | + | | devices | devices | | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + | FLASH_UnlockBank1 | Yes | Yes | - Unlock Bank1 | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_LockBank1 | Yes | Yes | - Lock Bank1 | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + | FLASH_EraseAllBank1Pages | Yes | Yes | - Erase all pages in Bank1 | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + | FLASH_GetBank1Status | Yes | Yes | - Return the status of Bank1 | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + | FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation | Yes | Yes | - Wait for Bank1 last operation | + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + + ***************************************************************************** + * New Functions used only with STM32F10x_XL density devices to manage Bank2 * + ***************************************************************************** + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ + | Functions prototypes |STM32F10x_XL|Other STM32F10x| Comments | + | | devices | devices | | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + | FLASH_UnlockBank2 | Yes | No | - Unlock Bank2 | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + |FLASH_LockBank2 | Yes | No | - Lock Bank2 | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + | FLASH_EraseAllBank2Pages | Yes | No | - Erase all pages in Bank2 | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + | FLASH_GetBank2Status | Yes | No | - Return the status of Bank2 | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + | FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation | Yes | No | - Wait for Bank2 last operation | + |----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------| + | FLASH_BootConfig | Yes | No | - Configure to boot from Bank1 or Bank2 | + +----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+ +@endcode +*/ + + +/** + * @brief Sets the code latency value. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices. + * @param FLASH_Latency: specifies the FLASH Latency value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_Latency_0: FLASH Zero Latency cycle + * @arg FLASH_Latency_1: FLASH One Latency cycle + * @arg FLASH_Latency_2: FLASH Two Latency cycles + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLASH_Latency)); + + /* Read the ACR register */ + tmpreg = FLASH->ACR; + + /* Sets the Latency value */ + tmpreg &= ACR_LATENCY_Mask; + tmpreg |= FLASH_Latency; + + /* Write the ACR register */ + FLASH->ACR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Half cycle flash access. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices. + * @param FLASH_HalfCycleAccess: specifies the FLASH Half cycle Access mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_HalfCycleAccess_Enable: FLASH Half Cycle Enable + * @arg FLASH_HalfCycleAccess_Disable: FLASH Half Cycle Disable + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_HalfCycleAccessCmd(uint32_t FLASH_HalfCycleAccess) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_HALFCYCLEACCESS_STATE(FLASH_HalfCycleAccess)); + + /* Enable or disable the Half cycle access */ + FLASH->ACR &= ACR_HLFCYA_Mask; + FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_HalfCycleAccess; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Prefetch Buffer. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices. + * @param FLASH_PrefetchBuffer: specifies the Prefetch buffer status. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_PrefetchBuffer_Enable: FLASH Prefetch Buffer Enable + * @arg FLASH_PrefetchBuffer_Disable: FLASH Prefetch Buffer Disable + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(uint32_t FLASH_PrefetchBuffer) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_PREFETCHBUFFER_STATE(FLASH_PrefetchBuffer)); + + /* Enable or disable the Prefetch Buffer */ + FLASH->ACR &= ACR_PRFTBE_Mask; + FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_PrefetchBuffer; +} + +/** + * @brief Unlocks the FLASH Program Erase Controller. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices. + * - For STM32F10X_XL devices this function unlocks Bank1 and Bank2. + * - For all other devices it unlocks Bank1 and it is equivalent + * to FLASH_UnlockBank1 function.. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_Unlock(void) +{ + /* Authorize the FPEC of Bank1 Access */ + FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY1; + FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY2; + +#ifdef STM32F10X_XL + /* Authorize the FPEC of Bank2 Access */ + FLASH->KEYR2 = FLASH_KEY1; + FLASH->KEYR2 = FLASH_KEY2; +#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */ +} +/** + * @brief Unlocks the FLASH Bank1 Program Erase Controller. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices. + * - For STM32F10X_XL devices this function unlocks Bank1. + * - For all other devices it unlocks Bank1 and it is + * equivalent to FLASH_Unlock function. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_UnlockBank1(void) +{ + /* Authorize the FPEC of Bank1 Access */ + FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY1; + FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY2; +} + +#ifdef STM32F10X_XL +/** + * @brief Unlocks the FLASH Bank2 Program Erase Controller. + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F10X_XL density devices. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_UnlockBank2(void) +{ + /* Authorize the FPEC of Bank2 Access */ + FLASH->KEYR2 = FLASH_KEY1; + FLASH->KEYR2 = FLASH_KEY2; + +} +#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */ + +/** + * @brief Locks the FLASH Program Erase Controller. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices. + * - For STM32F10X_XL devices this function Locks Bank1 and Bank2. + * - For all other devices it Locks Bank1 and it is equivalent + * to FLASH_LockBank1 function. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_Lock(void) +{ + /* Set the Lock Bit to lock the FPEC and the CR of Bank1 */ + FLASH->CR |= CR_LOCK_Set; + +#ifdef STM32F10X_XL + /* Set the Lock Bit to lock the FPEC and the CR of Bank2 */ + FLASH->CR2 |= CR_LOCK_Set; +#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */ +} + +/** + * @brief Locks the FLASH Bank1 Program Erase Controller. + * @note this function can be used for all STM32F10x devices. + * - For STM32F10X_XL devices this function Locks Bank1. + * - For all other devices it Locks Bank1 and it is equivalent + * to FLASH_Lock function. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_LockBank1(void) +{ + /* Set the Lock Bit to lock the FPEC and the CR of Bank1 */ + FLASH->CR |= CR_LOCK_Set; +} + +#ifdef STM32F10X_XL +/** + * @brief Locks the FLASH Bank2 Program Erase Controller. + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F10X_XL density devices. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_LockBank2(void) +{ + /* Set the Lock Bit to lock the FPEC and the CR of Bank2 */ + FLASH->CR2 |= CR_LOCK_Set; +} +#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */ + +/** + * @brief Erases a specified FLASH page. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices. + * @param Page_Address: The page address to be erased. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_ErasePage(uint32_t Page_Address) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Page_Address)); + +#ifdef STM32F10X_XL + if(Page_Address < FLASH_BANK1_END_ADDRESS) + { + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(EraseTimeout); + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the page */ + FLASH->CR|= CR_PER_Set; + FLASH->AR = Page_Address; + FLASH->CR|= CR_STRT_Set; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(EraseTimeout); + + /* Disable the PER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PER_Reset; + } + } + else + { + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(EraseTimeout); + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the page */ + FLASH->CR2|= CR_PER_Set; + FLASH->AR2 = Page_Address; + FLASH->CR2|= CR_STRT_Set; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(EraseTimeout); + + /* Disable the PER Bit */ + FLASH->CR2 &= CR_PER_Reset; + } + } +#else + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the page */ + FLASH->CR|= CR_PER_Set; + FLASH->AR = Page_Address; + FLASH->CR|= CR_STRT_Set; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout); + + /* Disable the PER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PER_Reset; + } +#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */ + + /* Return the Erase Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Erases all FLASH pages. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices. + * @param None + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllPages(void) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + +#ifdef STM32F10X_XL + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(EraseTimeout); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all pages */ + FLASH->CR |= CR_MER_Set; + FLASH->CR |= CR_STRT_Set; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(EraseTimeout); + + /* Disable the MER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_MER_Reset; + } + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all pages */ + FLASH->CR2 |= CR_MER_Set; + FLASH->CR2 |= CR_STRT_Set; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(EraseTimeout); + + /* Disable the MER Bit */ + FLASH->CR2 &= CR_MER_Reset; + } +#else + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout); + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all pages */ + FLASH->CR |= CR_MER_Set; + FLASH->CR |= CR_STRT_Set; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout); + + /* Disable the MER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_MER_Reset; + } +#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */ + + /* Return the Erase Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Erases all Bank1 FLASH pages. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices. + * - For STM32F10X_XL devices this function erases all Bank1 pages. + * - For all other devices it erases all Bank1 pages and it is equivalent + * to FLASH_EraseAllPages function. + * @param None + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllBank1Pages(void) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(EraseTimeout); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all pages */ + FLASH->CR |= CR_MER_Set; + FLASH->CR |= CR_STRT_Set; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(EraseTimeout); + + /* Disable the MER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_MER_Reset; + } + /* Return the Erase Status */ + return status; +} + +#ifdef STM32F10X_XL +/** + * @brief Erases all Bank2 FLASH pages. + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F10x_XL density devices. + * @param None + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllBank2Pages(void) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(EraseTimeout); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all pages */ + FLASH->CR2 |= CR_MER_Set; + FLASH->CR2 |= CR_STRT_Set; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(EraseTimeout); + + /* Disable the MER Bit */ + FLASH->CR2 &= CR_MER_Reset; + } + /* Return the Erase Status */ + return status; +} +#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */ + +/** + * @brief Erases the FLASH option bytes. + * @note This functions erases all option bytes except the Read protection (RDP). + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices. + * @param None + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseOptionBytes(void) +{ + uint16_t rdptmp = RDP_Key; + + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Get the actual read protection Option Byte value */ + if(FLASH_GetReadOutProtectionStatus() != RESET) + { + rdptmp = 0x00; + } + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout); + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Authorize the small information block programming */ + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1; + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2; + + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the option bytes */ + FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTER_Set; + FLASH->CR |= CR_STRT_Set; + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTER_Reset; + + /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTPG_Set; + /* Restore the last read protection Option Byte value */ + OB->RDP = (uint16_t)rdptmp; + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); + + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset; + } + } + else + { + if (status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset; + } + } + } + /* Return the erase status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs a word at a specified address. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices. + * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address)); + +#ifdef STM32F10X_XL + if(Address < FLASH_BANK1_END_ADDRESS - 2) + { + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(ProgramTimeout); + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new first + half word */ + FLASH->CR |= CR_PG_Set; + + *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = (uint16_t)Data; + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new second + half word */ + tmp = Address + 2; + + *(__IO uint16_t*) tmp = Data >> 16; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); + + /* Disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset; + } + else + { + /* Disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset; + } + } + } + else if(Address == (FLASH_BANK1_END_ADDRESS - 1)) + { + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(ProgramTimeout); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new first + half word */ + FLASH->CR |= CR_PG_Set; + + *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = (uint16_t)Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(ProgramTimeout); + + /* Disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset; + } + else + { + /* Disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset; + } + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(ProgramTimeout); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new second + half word */ + FLASH->CR2 |= CR_PG_Set; + tmp = Address + 2; + + *(__IO uint16_t*) tmp = Data >> 16; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(ProgramTimeout); + + /* Disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR2 &= CR_PG_Reset; + } + else + { + /* Disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR2 &= CR_PG_Reset; + } + } + else + { + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(ProgramTimeout); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new first + half word */ + FLASH->CR2 |= CR_PG_Set; + + *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = (uint16_t)Data; + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(ProgramTimeout); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new second + half word */ + tmp = Address + 2; + + *(__IO uint16_t*) tmp = Data >> 16; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(ProgramTimeout); + + /* Disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR2 &= CR_PG_Reset; + } + else + { + /* Disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR2 &= CR_PG_Reset; + } + } + } +#else + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new first + half word */ + FLASH->CR |= CR_PG_Set; + + *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = (uint16_t)Data; + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new second + half word */ + tmp = Address + 2; + + *(__IO uint16_t*) tmp = Data >> 16; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); + + /* Disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset; + } + else + { + /* Disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset; + } + } +#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */ + + /* Return the Program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs a half word at a specified address. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices. + * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address)); + +#ifdef STM32F10X_XL + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); + + if(Address < FLASH_BANK1_END_ADDRESS) + { + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ + FLASH->CR |= CR_PG_Set; + + *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data; + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(ProgramTimeout); + + /* Disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset; + } + } + else + { + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ + FLASH->CR2 |= CR_PG_Set; + + *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data; + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(ProgramTimeout); + + /* Disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR2 &= CR_PG_Reset; + } + } +#else + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */ + FLASH->CR |= CR_PG_Set; + + *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data; + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); + + /* Disable the PG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_PG_Reset; + } +#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */ + + /* Return the Program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs a half word at a specified Option Byte Data address. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices. + * @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed. + * This parameter can be 0x1FFFF804 or 0x1FFFF806. + * @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramOptionByteData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_DATA_ADDRESS(Address)); + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Authorize the small information block programming */ + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1; + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2; + /* Enables the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTPG_Set; + *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset; + } + } + /* Return the Option Byte Data Program Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Write protects the desired pages + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices. + * @param FLASH_Pages: specifies the address of the pages to be write protected. + * This parameter can be: + * @arg For @b STM32_Low-density_devices: value between FLASH_WRProt_Pages0to3 and FLASH_WRProt_Pages28to31 + * @arg For @b STM32_Medium-density_devices: value between FLASH_WRProt_Pages0to3 + * and FLASH_WRProt_Pages124to127 + * @arg For @b STM32_High-density_devices: value between FLASH_WRProt_Pages0to1 and + * FLASH_WRProt_Pages60to61 or FLASH_WRProt_Pages62to255 + * @arg For @b STM32_Connectivity_line_devices: value between FLASH_WRProt_Pages0to1 and + * FLASH_WRProt_Pages60to61 or FLASH_WRProt_Pages62to127 + * @arg For @b STM32_XL-density_devices: value between FLASH_WRProt_Pages0to1 and + * FLASH_WRProt_Pages60to61 or FLASH_WRProt_Pages62to511 + * @arg FLASH_WRProt_AllPages + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_EnableWriteProtection(uint32_t FLASH_Pages) +{ + uint16_t WRP0_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP1_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP2_Data = 0xFFFF, WRP3_Data = 0xFFFF; + + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_WRPROT_PAGE(FLASH_Pages)); + + FLASH_Pages = (uint32_t)(~FLASH_Pages); + WRP0_Data = (uint16_t)(FLASH_Pages & WRP0_Mask); + WRP1_Data = (uint16_t)((FLASH_Pages & WRP1_Mask) >> 8); + WRP2_Data = (uint16_t)((FLASH_Pages & WRP2_Mask) >> 16); + WRP3_Data = (uint16_t)((FLASH_Pages & WRP3_Mask) >> 24); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Authorizes the small information block programming */ + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1; + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2; + FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTPG_Set; + if(WRP0_Data != 0xFF) + { + OB->WRP0 = WRP0_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); + } + if((status == FLASH_COMPLETE) && (WRP1_Data != 0xFF)) + { + OB->WRP1 = WRP1_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); + } + if((status == FLASH_COMPLETE) && (WRP2_Data != 0xFF)) + { + OB->WRP2 = WRP2_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); + } + + if((status == FLASH_COMPLETE)&& (WRP3_Data != 0xFF)) + { + OB->WRP3 = WRP3_Data; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); + } + + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset; + } + } + /* Return the write protection operation Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the read out protection. + * @note If the user has already programmed the other option bytes before calling + * this function, he must re-program them since this function erases all option bytes. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices. + * @param Newstate: new state of the ReadOut Protection. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_ReadOutProtection(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout); + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Authorizes the small information block programming */ + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1; + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2; + FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTER_Set; + FLASH->CR |= CR_STRT_Set; + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout); + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the OPTER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTER_Reset; + /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTPG_Set; + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + OB->RDP = 0x00; + } + else + { + OB->RDP = RDP_Key; + } + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(EraseTimeout); + + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset; + } + } + else + { + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* Disable the OPTER Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTER_Reset; + } + } + } + /* Return the protection operation Status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Programs the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG_SW / RST_STOP / RST_STDBY. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices. + * @param OB_IWDG: Selects the IWDG mode + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_IWDG_SW: Software IWDG selected + * @arg OB_IWDG_HW: Hardware IWDG selected + * @param OB_STOP: Reset event when entering STOP mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_STOP_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STOP + * @arg OB_STOP_RST: Reset generated when entering in STOP + * @param OB_STDBY: Reset event when entering Standby mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg OB_STDBY_NoRST: No reset generated when entering in STANDBY + * @arg OB_STDBY_RST: Reset generated when entering in STANDBY + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_UserOptionByteConfig(uint16_t OB_IWDG, uint16_t OB_STOP, uint16_t OB_STDBY) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(OB_IWDG)); + assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(OB_STOP)); + assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(OB_STDBY)); + + /* Authorize the small information block programming */ + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1; + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTPG_Set; + + OB->USER = OB_IWDG | (uint16_t)(OB_STOP | (uint16_t)(OB_STDBY | ((uint16_t)0xF8))); + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset; + } + } + /* Return the Option Byte program Status */ + return status; +} + +#ifdef STM32F10X_XL +/** + * @brief Configures to boot from Bank1 or Bank2. + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F10x_XL density devices. + * @param FLASH_BOOT: select the FLASH Bank to boot from. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_BOOT_Bank1: At startup, if boot pins are set in boot from user Flash + * position and this parameter is selected the device will boot from Bank1(Default). + * @arg FLASH_BOOT_Bank2: At startup, if boot pins are set in boot from user Flash + * position and this parameter is selected the device will boot from Bank2 or Bank1, + * depending on the activation of the bank. The active banks are checked in + * the following order: Bank2, followed by Bank1. + * The active bank is recognized by the value programmed at the base address + * of the respective bank (corresponding to the initial stack pointer value + * in the interrupt vector table). + * For more information, please refer to AN2606 from www.st.com. + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_BootConfig(uint16_t FLASH_BOOT) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + assert_param(IS_FLASH_BOOT(FLASH_BOOT)); + /* Authorize the small information block programming */ + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY1; + FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_KEY2; + + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); + + if(status == FLASH_COMPLETE) + { + /* Enable the Option Bytes Programming operation */ + FLASH->CR |= CR_OPTPG_Set; + + if(FLASH_BOOT == FLASH_BOOT_Bank1) + { + OB->USER |= OB_USER_BFB2; + } + else + { + OB->USER &= (uint16_t)(~(uint16_t)(OB_USER_BFB2)); + } + /* Wait for last operation to be completed */ + status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(ProgramTimeout); + if(status != FLASH_TIMEOUT) + { + /* if the program operation is completed, disable the OPTPG Bit */ + FLASH->CR &= CR_OPTPG_Reset; + } + } + /* Return the Option Byte program Status */ + return status; +} +#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH User Option Bytes values. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices. + * @param None + * @retval The FLASH User Option Bytes values:IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1) + * and RST_STDBY(Bit2). + */ +uint32_t FLASH_GetUserOptionByte(void) +{ + /* Return the User Option Byte */ + return (uint32_t)(FLASH->OBR >> 2); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes Register value. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices. + * @param None + * @retval The FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes Register value + */ +uint32_t FLASH_GetWriteProtectionOptionByte(void) +{ + /* Return the Flash write protection Register value */ + return (uint32_t)(FLASH->WRPR); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the FLASH Read Out Protection Status is set or not. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices. + * @param None + * @retval FLASH ReadOut Protection Status(SET or RESET) + */ +FlagStatus FLASH_GetReadOutProtectionStatus(void) +{ + FlagStatus readoutstatus = RESET; + if ((FLASH->OBR & RDPRT_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + readoutstatus = SET; + } + else + { + readoutstatus = RESET; + } + return readoutstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the FLASH Prefetch Buffer status is set or not. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices. + * @param None + * @retval FLASH Prefetch Buffer Status (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus FLASH_GetPrefetchBufferStatus(void) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + if ((FLASH->ACR & ACR_PRFTBS_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the new state of FLASH Prefetch Buffer Status (SET or RESET) */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified FLASH interrupts. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices. + * - For STM32F10X_XL devices, enables or disables the specified FLASH interrupts + for Bank1 and Bank2. + * - For other devices it enables or disables the specified FLASH interrupts for Bank1. + * @param FLASH_IT: specifies the FLASH interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_IT_ERROR: FLASH Error Interrupt + * @arg FLASH_IT_EOP: FLASH end of operation Interrupt + * @param NewState: new state of the specified Flash interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_ITConfig(uint32_t FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ +#ifdef STM32F10X_XL + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_IT(FLASH_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if((FLASH_IT & 0x80000000) != 0x0) + { + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the interrupt sources */ + FLASH->CR2 |= (FLASH_IT & 0x7FFFFFFF); + } + else + { + /* Disable the interrupt sources */ + FLASH->CR2 &= ~(uint32_t)(FLASH_IT & 0x7FFFFFFF); + } + } + else + { + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the interrupt sources */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the interrupt sources */ + FLASH->CR &= ~(uint32_t)FLASH_IT; + } + } +#else + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_IT(FLASH_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if(NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the interrupt sources */ + FLASH->CR |= FLASH_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the interrupt sources */ + FLASH->CR &= ~(uint32_t)FLASH_IT; + } +#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */ +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified FLASH flag is set or not. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices. + * - For STM32F10X_XL devices, this function checks whether the specified + * Bank1 or Bank2 flag is set or not. + * - For other devices, it checks whether the specified Bank1 flag is + * set or not. + * @param FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_BSY: FLASH Busy flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGERR: FLASH Program error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR: FLASH Write protected error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Operation flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR: FLASH Option Byte error flag + * @retval The new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + +#ifdef STM32F10X_XL + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)) ; + if(FLASH_FLAG == FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR) + { + if((FLASH->OBR & FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + else + { + if((FLASH_FLAG & 0x80000000) != 0x0) + { + if((FLASH->SR2 & FLASH_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + else + { + if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + } +#else + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)) ; + if(FLASH_FLAG == FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR) + { + if((FLASH->OBR & FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } + else + { + if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + } +#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */ + + /* Return the new state of FLASH_FLAG (SET or RESET) */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the FLASH's pending flags. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices. + * - For STM32F10X_XL devices, this function clears Bank1 or Bank2’s pending flags + * - For other devices, it clears Bank1’s pending flags. + * @param FLASH_FLAG: specifies the FLASH flags to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_PGERR: FLASH Program error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR: FLASH Write protected error flag + * @arg FLASH_FLAG_EOP: FLASH End of Operation flag + * @retval None + */ +void FLASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG) +{ +#ifdef STM32F10X_XL + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)) ; + + if((FLASH_FLAG & 0x80000000) != 0x0) + { + /* Clear the flags */ + FLASH->SR2 = FLASH_FLAG; + } + else + { + /* Clear the flags */ + FLASH->SR = FLASH_FLAG; + } + +#else + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG)) ; + + /* Clear the flags */ + FLASH->SR = FLASH_FLAG; +#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */ +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Status. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices, it is equivalent + * to FLASH_GetBank1Status function. + * @param None + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP or FLASH_COMPLETE + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_GetStatus(void) +{ + FLASH_Status flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_BSY) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY) + { + flashstatus = FLASH_BUSY; + } + else + { + if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_PGERR) != 0) + { + flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_PG; + } + else + { + if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR) != 0 ) + { + flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_WRP; + } + else + { + flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE; + } + } + } + /* Return the Flash Status */ + return flashstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Bank1 Status. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices, it is equivalent + * to FLASH_GetStatus function. + * @param None + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP or FLASH_COMPLETE + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_GetBank1Status(void) +{ + FLASH_Status flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_BSY) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY) + { + flashstatus = FLASH_BUSY; + } + else + { + if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_PGERR) != 0) + { + flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_PG; + } + else + { + if((FLASH->SR & FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_WRPRTERR) != 0 ) + { + flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_WRP; + } + else + { + flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE; + } + } + } + /* Return the Flash Status */ + return flashstatus; +} + +#ifdef STM32F10X_XL +/** + * @brief Returns the FLASH Bank2 Status. + * @note This function can be used for STM32F10x_XL density devices. + * @param None + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_BUSY, FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP or FLASH_COMPLETE + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_GetBank2Status(void) +{ + FLASH_Status flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + if((FLASH->SR2 & (FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_BSY & 0x7FFFFFFF)) == (FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_BSY & 0x7FFFFFFF)) + { + flashstatus = FLASH_BUSY; + } + else + { + if((FLASH->SR2 & (FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_PGERR & 0x7FFFFFFF)) != 0) + { + flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_PG; + } + else + { + if((FLASH->SR2 & (FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_WRPRTERR & 0x7FFFFFFF)) != 0 ) + { + flashstatus = FLASH_ERROR_WRP; + } + else + { + flashstatus = FLASH_COMPLETE; + } + } + } + /* Return the Flash Status */ + return flashstatus; +} +#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */ +/** + * @brief Waits for a Flash operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices, + * it is equivalent to FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation. + * - For STM32F10X_XL devices this function waits for a Bank1 Flash operation + * to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur. + * - For all other devices it waits for a Flash operation to complete + * or a TIMEOUT to occur. + * @param Timeout: FLASH programming Timeout + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check for the Flash Status */ + status = FLASH_GetBank1Status(); + /* Wait for a Flash operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur */ + while((status == FLASH_BUSY) && (Timeout != 0x00)) + { + status = FLASH_GetBank1Status(); + Timeout--; + } + if(Timeout == 0x00 ) + { + status = FLASH_TIMEOUT; + } + /* Return the operation status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * @brief Waits for a Flash operation on Bank1 to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur. + * @note This function can be used for all STM32F10x devices, + * it is equivalent to FLASH_WaitForLastOperation. + * @param Timeout: FLASH programming Timeout + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(uint32_t Timeout) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check for the Flash Status */ + status = FLASH_GetBank1Status(); + /* Wait for a Flash operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur */ + while((status == FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_BSY) && (Timeout != 0x00)) + { + status = FLASH_GetBank1Status(); + Timeout--; + } + if(Timeout == 0x00 ) + { + status = FLASH_TIMEOUT; + } + /* Return the operation status */ + return status; +} + +#ifdef STM32F10X_XL +/** + * @brief Waits for a Flash operation on Bank2 to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur. + * @note This function can be used only for STM32F10x_XL density devices. + * @param Timeout: FLASH programming Timeout + * @retval FLASH Status: The returned value can be: FLASH_ERROR_PG, + * FLASH_ERROR_WRP, FLASH_COMPLETE or FLASH_TIMEOUT. + */ +FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(uint32_t Timeout) +{ + FLASH_Status status = FLASH_COMPLETE; + + /* Check for the Flash Status */ + status = FLASH_GetBank2Status(); + /* Wait for a Flash operation to complete or a TIMEOUT to occur */ + while((status == (FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_BSY & 0x7FFFFFFF)) && (Timeout != 0x00)) + { + status = FLASH_GetBank2Status(); + Timeout--; + } + if(Timeout == 0x00 ) + { + status = FLASH_TIMEOUT; + } + /* Return the operation status */ + return status; +} +#endif /* STM32F10X_XL */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_fsmc.c b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_fsmc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..51669ee --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_fsmc.c @@ -0,0 +1,866 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f10x_fsmc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V3.5.0 + * @date 11-March-2011 + * @brief This file provides all the FSMC firmware functions. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f10x_fsmc.h" +#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC + * @brief FSMC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Private_TypesDefinitions + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Private_Defines + * @{ + */ + +/* --------------------- FSMC registers bit mask ---------------------------- */ + +/* FSMC BCRx Mask */ +#define BCR_MBKEN_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000001) +#define BCR_MBKEN_Reset ((uint32_t)0x000FFFFE) +#define BCR_FACCEN_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000040) + +/* FSMC PCRx Mask */ +#define PCR_PBKEN_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000004) +#define PCR_PBKEN_Reset ((uint32_t)0x000FFFFB) +#define PCR_ECCEN_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000040) +#define PCR_ECCEN_Reset ((uint32_t)0x000FFFBF) +#define PCR_MemoryType_NAND ((uint32_t)0x00000008) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Private_FunctionPrototypes + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup FSMC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the FSMC NOR/SRAM Banks registers to their default + * reset values. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM1 + * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM2 + * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM3 + * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM4 + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NORSRAMDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + + /* FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1 */ + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1) + { + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x000030DB; + } + /* FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2, FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3 or FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4 */ + else + { + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x000030D2; + } + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank + 1] = 0x0FFFFFFF; + FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF; +} + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the FSMC NAND Banks registers to their default reset values. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NANDDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank) +{ + /* Check the parameter */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + /* Set the FSMC_Bank2 registers to their reset values */ + FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 = 0x00000018; + FSMC_Bank2->SR2 = 0x00000040; + FSMC_Bank2->PMEM2 = 0xFCFCFCFC; + FSMC_Bank2->PATT2 = 0xFCFCFCFC; + } + /* FSMC_Bank3_NAND */ + else + { + /* Set the FSMC_Bank3 registers to their reset values */ + FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 = 0x00000018; + FSMC_Bank3->SR3 = 0x00000040; + FSMC_Bank3->PMEM3 = 0xFCFCFCFC; + FSMC_Bank3->PATT3 = 0xFCFCFCFC; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the FSMC PCCARD Bank registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_PCCARDDeInit(void) +{ + /* Set the FSMC_Bank4 registers to their reset values */ + FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 = 0x00000018; + FSMC_Bank4->SR4 = 0x00000000; + FSMC_Bank4->PMEM4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; + FSMC_Bank4->PATT4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; + FSMC_Bank4->PIO4 = 0xFCFCFCFC; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the FSMC NOR/SRAM Banks according to the specified + * parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct. + * @param FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct : pointer to a FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef + * structure that contains the configuration information for + * the FSMC NOR/SRAM specified Banks. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NORSRAMInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_MUX(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_MEMORY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_MEMORY_WIDTH(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_BURSTMODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ASYNWAIT(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsynchronousWait)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_POLARITY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRAP_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_BURST(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode)); + + /* Bank1 NOR/SRAM control register configuration */ + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] = + (uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsynchronousWait | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst; + + if(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType == FSMC_MemoryType_NOR) + { + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] |= (uint32_t)BCR_FACCEN_Set; + } + + /* Bank1 NOR/SRAM timing register configuration */ + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank+1] = + (uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime | + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime << 4) | + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime << 8) | + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration << 16) | + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision << 20) | + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency << 24) | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode; + + + /* Bank1 NOR/SRAM timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */ + if(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode == FSMC_ExtendedMode_Enable) + { + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode)); + FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] = + (uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime | + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime << 4 )| + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime << 8) | + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision << 20) | + (FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency << 24) | + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode; + } + else + { + FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the FSMC NAND Banks according to the specified + * parameters in the FSMC_NANDInitStruct. + * @param FSMC_NANDInitStruct : pointer to a FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef + * structure that contains the configuration information for the FSMC + * NAND specified Banks. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NANDInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmppcr = 0x00000000, tmppmem = 0x00000000, tmppatt = 0x00000000; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param( IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param( IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature)); + assert_param( IS_FSMC_MEMORY_WIDTH(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth)); + assert_param( IS_FSMC_ECC_STATE(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECC)); + assert_param( IS_FSMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECCPageSize)); + assert_param( IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime)); + assert_param( IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); + + /* Set the tmppcr value according to FSMC_NANDInitStruct parameters */ + tmppcr = (uint32_t)FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature | + PCR_MemoryType_NAND | + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth | + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECC | + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECCPageSize | + (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime << 9 )| + (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime << 13); + + /* Set tmppmem value according to FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ + tmppmem = (uint32_t)FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | + (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | + (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| + (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); + + /* Set tmppatt value according to FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ + tmppatt = (uint32_t)FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | + (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | + (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| + (FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); + + if(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + /* FSMC_Bank2_NAND registers configuration */ + FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 = tmppcr; + FSMC_Bank2->PMEM2 = tmppmem; + FSMC_Bank2->PATT2 = tmppatt; + } + else + { + /* FSMC_Bank3_NAND registers configuration */ + FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 = tmppcr; + FSMC_Bank3->PMEM3 = tmppmem; + FSMC_Bank3->PATT3 = tmppatt; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the FSMC PCCARD Bank according to the specified + * parameters in the FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct. + * @param FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct : pointer to a FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef + * structure that contains the configuration information for the FSMC + * PCCARD Bank. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_PCCARDInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime)); + + assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); + + assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime)); + + /* Set the PCR4 register value according to FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct parameters */ + FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 = (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature | + FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b | + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime << 9) | + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime << 13); + + /* Set PMEM4 register value according to FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ + FSMC_Bank4->PMEM4 = (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); + + /* Set PATT4 register value according to FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ + FSMC_Bank4->PATT4 = (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); + + /* Set PIO4 register value according to FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStructure parameters */ + FSMC_Bank4->PIO4 = (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime | + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) | + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)| + (FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24); +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef + * structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NORSRAMStructInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct) +{ + /* Reset NOR/SRAM Init structure parameters values */ + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank = FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux = FSMC_DataAddressMux_Enable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType = FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth = FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode = FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsynchronousWait = FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity = FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode = FSMC_WrapMode_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive = FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation = FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal = FSMC_WaitSignal_Enable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode = FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst = FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime = 0xF; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime = 0xF; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime = 0xFF; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration = 0xF; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision = 0xF; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency = 0xF; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode = FSMC_AccessMode_A; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime = 0xF; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime = 0xF; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime = 0xFF; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration = 0xF; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision = 0xF; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency = 0xF; + FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode = FSMC_AccessMode_A; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each FSMC_NANDInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param FSMC_NANDInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef + * structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NANDStructInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct) +{ + /* Reset NAND Init structure parameters values */ + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank = FSMC_Bank2_NAND; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature = FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth = FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECC = FSMC_ECC_Disable; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECCPageSize = FSMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime = 0x0; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime = 0x0; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef + * structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_PCCARDStructInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct) +{ + /* Reset PCCARD Init structure parameters values */ + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature = FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime = 0x0; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime = 0x0; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC; + FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified NOR/SRAM Memory Bank. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM1 + * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM2 + * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM3 + * @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM4 + * @param NewState: new state of the FSMC_Bank. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NORSRAMCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected NOR/SRAM Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the BCRx register */ + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] |= BCR_MBKEN_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected NOR/SRAM Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the BCRx register */ + FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] &= BCR_MBKEN_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified NAND Memory Bank. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @param NewState: new state of the FSMC_Bank. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NANDCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected NAND Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the PCRx register */ + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 |= PCR_PBKEN_Set; + } + else + { + FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 |= PCR_PBKEN_Set; + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected NAND Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the PCRx register */ + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 &= PCR_PBKEN_Reset; + } + else + { + FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 &= PCR_PBKEN_Reset; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the PCCARD Memory Bank. + * @param NewState: new state of the PCCARD Memory Bank. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_PCCARDCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the PCCARD Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the PCR4 register */ + FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 |= PCR_PBKEN_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the PCCARD Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the PCR4 register */ + FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 &= PCR_PBKEN_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the FSMC NAND ECC feature. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @param NewState: new state of the FSMC NAND ECC feature. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_NANDECCCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected NAND Bank ECC function by setting the ECCEN bit in the PCRx register */ + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 |= PCR_ECCEN_Set; + } + else + { + FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 |= PCR_ECCEN_Set; + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected NAND Bank ECC function by clearing the ECCEN bit in the PCRx register */ + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 &= PCR_ECCEN_Reset; + } + else + { + FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 &= PCR_ECCEN_Reset; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the error correction code register value. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @retval The Error Correction Code (ECC) value. + */ +uint32_t FSMC_GetECC(uint32_t FSMC_Bank) +{ + uint32_t eccval = 0x00000000; + + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + /* Get the ECCR2 register value */ + eccval = FSMC_Bank2->ECCR2; + } + else + { + /* Get the ECCR3 register value */ + eccval = FSMC_Bank3->ECCR3; + } + /* Return the error correction code value */ + return(eccval); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified FSMC interrupts. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD + * @param FSMC_IT: specifies the FSMC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FSMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FSMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt. + * @param NewState: new state of the specified FSMC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_ITConfig(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT(FSMC_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected FSMC_Bank2 interrupts */ + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank2->SR2 |= FSMC_IT; + } + /* Enable the selected FSMC_Bank3 interrupts */ + else if (FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank3->SR3 |= FSMC_IT; + } + /* Enable the selected FSMC_Bank4 interrupts */ + else + { + FSMC_Bank4->SR4 |= FSMC_IT; + } + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected FSMC_Bank2 interrupts */ + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + + FSMC_Bank2->SR2 &= (uint32_t)~FSMC_IT; + } + /* Disable the selected FSMC_Bank3 interrupts */ + else if (FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank3->SR3 &= (uint32_t)~FSMC_IT; + } + /* Disable the selected FSMC_Bank4 interrupts */ + else + { + FSMC_Bank4->SR4 &= (uint32_t)~FSMC_IT; + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified FSMC flag is set or not. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD + * @param FSMC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge: Rising egde detection Flag. + * @arg FSMC_FLAG_Level: Level detection Flag. + * @arg FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge: Falling egde detection Flag. + * @arg FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT: Fifo empty Flag. + * @retval The new state of FSMC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus FSMC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpsr = 0x00000000; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_GETFLAG_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_GET_FLAG(FSMC_FLAG)); + + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + tmpsr = FSMC_Bank2->SR2; + } + else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) + { + tmpsr = FSMC_Bank3->SR3; + } + /* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/ + else + { + tmpsr = FSMC_Bank4->SR4; + } + + /* Get the flag status */ + if ((tmpsr & FSMC_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET ) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the FSMC's pending flags. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD + * @param FSMC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge: Rising egde detection Flag. + * @arg FSMC_FLAG_Level: Level detection Flag. + * @arg FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge: Falling egde detection Flag. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_ClearFlag(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_GETFLAG_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLEAR_FLAG(FSMC_FLAG)) ; + + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank2->SR2 &= ~FSMC_FLAG; + } + else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank3->SR3 &= ~FSMC_FLAG; + } + /* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/ + else + { + FSMC_Bank4->SR4 &= ~FSMC_FLAG; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified FSMC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD + * @param FSMC_IT: specifies the FSMC interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FSMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FSMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt. + * @retval The new state of FSMC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus FSMC_GetITStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t tmpsr = 0x0, itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_GET_IT(FSMC_IT)); + + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + tmpsr = FSMC_Bank2->SR2; + } + else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) + { + tmpsr = FSMC_Bank3->SR3; + } + /* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/ + else + { + tmpsr = FSMC_Bank4->SR4; + } + + itstatus = tmpsr & FSMC_IT; + + itenable = tmpsr & (FSMC_IT >> 3); + if ((itstatus != (uint32_t)RESET) && (itenable != (uint32_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the FSMC's interrupt pending bits. + * @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND + * @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD + * @param FSMC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg FSMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FSMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt. + * @arg FSMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt. + * @retval None + */ +void FSMC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(FSMC_Bank)); + assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT(FSMC_IT)); + + if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank2->SR2 &= ~(FSMC_IT >> 3); + } + else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) + { + FSMC_Bank3->SR3 &= ~(FSMC_IT >> 3); + } + /* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/ + else + { + FSMC_Bank4->SR4 &= ~(FSMC_IT >> 3); + } +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_gpio.c b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_gpio.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..457ff11 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_gpio.c @@ -0,0 +1,650 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f10x_gpio.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V3.5.0 + * @date 11-March-2011 + * @brief This file provides all the GPIO firmware functions. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f10x_gpio.h" +#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO + * @brief GPIO driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_TypesDefinitions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Defines + * @{ + */ + +/* ------------ RCC registers bit address in the alias region ----------------*/ +#define AFIO_OFFSET (AFIO_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) + +/* --- EVENTCR Register -----*/ + +/* Alias word address of EVOE bit */ +#define EVCR_OFFSET (AFIO_OFFSET + 0x00) +#define EVOE_BitNumber ((uint8_t)0x07) +#define EVCR_EVOE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (EVCR_OFFSET * 32) + (EVOE_BitNumber * 4)) + + +/* --- MAPR Register ---*/ +/* Alias word address of MII_RMII_SEL bit */ +#define MAPR_OFFSET (AFIO_OFFSET + 0x04) +#define MII_RMII_SEL_BitNumber ((u8)0x17) +#define MAPR_MII_RMII_SEL_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (MAPR_OFFSET * 32) + (MII_RMII_SEL_BitNumber * 4)) + + +#define EVCR_PORTPINCONFIG_MASK ((uint16_t)0xFF80) +#define LSB_MASK ((uint16_t)0xFFFF) +#define DBGAFR_POSITION_MASK ((uint32_t)0x000F0000) +#define DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK ((uint32_t)0xF0FFFFFF) +#define DBGAFR_LOCATION_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00200000) +#define DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00100000) +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_FunctionPrototypes + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + if (GPIOx == GPIOA) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA, DISABLE); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOB) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB, DISABLE); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOC) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOC, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOC, DISABLE); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOD) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOD, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOD, DISABLE); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOE) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOE, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOE, DISABLE); + } + else if (GPIOx == GPIOF) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOF, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOF, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if (GPIOx == GPIOG) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOG, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOG, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the Alternate Functions (remap, event control + * and EXTI configuration) registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_AFIODeInit(void) +{ + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_AFIO, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_AFIO, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the GPIO_InitStruct. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t currentmode = 0x00, currentpin = 0x00, pinpos = 0x00, pos = 0x00; + uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00, pinmask = 0x00; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin)); + +/*---------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration -----------------------*/ + currentmode = ((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode) & ((uint32_t)0x0F); + if ((((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode) & ((uint32_t)0x10)) != 0x00) + { + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed)); + /* Output mode */ + currentmode |= (uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed; + } +/*---------------------------- GPIO CRL Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Configure the eight low port pins */ + if (((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin & ((uint32_t)0x00FF)) != 0x00) + { + tmpreg = GPIOx->CRL; + for (pinpos = 0x00; pinpos < 0x08; pinpos++) + { + pos = ((uint32_t)0x01) << pinpos; + /* Get the port pins position */ + currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin) & pos; + if (currentpin == pos) + { + pos = pinpos << 2; + /* Clear the corresponding low control register bits */ + pinmask = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << pos; + tmpreg &= ~pinmask; + /* Write the mode configuration in the corresponding bits */ + tmpreg |= (currentmode << pos); + /* Reset the corresponding ODR bit */ + if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_IPD) + { + GPIOx->BRR = (((uint32_t)0x01) << pinpos); + } + else + { + /* Set the corresponding ODR bit */ + if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_IPU) + { + GPIOx->BSRR = (((uint32_t)0x01) << pinpos); + } + } + } + } + GPIOx->CRL = tmpreg; + } +/*---------------------------- GPIO CRH Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Configure the eight high port pins */ + if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin > 0x00FF) + { + tmpreg = GPIOx->CRH; + for (pinpos = 0x00; pinpos < 0x08; pinpos++) + { + pos = (((uint32_t)0x01) << (pinpos + 0x08)); + /* Get the port pins position */ + currentpin = ((GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin) & pos); + if (currentpin == pos) + { + pos = pinpos << 2; + /* Clear the corresponding high control register bits */ + pinmask = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << pos; + tmpreg &= ~pinmask; + /* Write the mode configuration in the corresponding bits */ + tmpreg |= (currentmode << pos); + /* Reset the corresponding ODR bit */ + if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_IPD) + { + GPIOx->BRR = (((uint32_t)0x01) << (pinpos + 0x08)); + } + /* Set the corresponding ODR bit */ + if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_IPU) + { + GPIOx->BSRR = (((uint32_t)0x01) << (pinpos + 0x08)); + } + } + } + GPIOx->CRH = tmpreg; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each GPIO_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param GPIO_InitStruct : pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct) +{ + /* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */ + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_All; + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_2MHz; + GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified input port pin. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read. + * This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval The input port pin value. + */ +uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + uint8_t bitstatus = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)Bit_RESET) + { + bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified GPIO input data port. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @retval GPIO input data port value. + */ +uint16_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + return ((uint16_t)GPIOx->IDR); +} + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified output data port bit. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read. + * This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval The output port pin value. + */ +uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + uint8_t bitstatus = 0x00; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + if ((GPIOx->ODR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)Bit_RESET) + { + bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified GPIO output data port. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @retval GPIO output data port value. + */ +uint16_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + return ((uint16_t)GPIOx->ODR); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the selected data port bits. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written. + * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the selected data port bits. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written. + * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + GPIOx->BRR = GPIO_Pin; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or clears the selected data port bit. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. + * This parameter can be one of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @param BitVal: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit. + * This parameter can be one of the BitAction enum values: + * @arg Bit_RESET: to clear the port pin + * @arg Bit_SET: to set the port pin + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_BIT_ACTION(BitVal)); + + if (BitVal != Bit_RESET) + { + GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin; + } + else + { + GPIOx->BRR = GPIO_Pin; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Writes data to the specified GPIO data port. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param PortVal: specifies the value to be written to the port output data register. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t PortVal) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + + GPIOx->ODR = PortVal; +} + +/** + * @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers. + * @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral. + * @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written. + * This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15). + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0x00010000; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin)); + + tmp |= GPIO_Pin; + /* Set LCKK bit */ + GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; + /* Reset LCKK bit */ + GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin; + /* Set LCKK bit */ + GPIOx->LCKR = tmp; + /* Read LCKK bit*/ + tmp = GPIOx->LCKR; + /* Read LCKK bit*/ + tmp = GPIOx->LCKR; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the GPIO pin used as Event output. + * @param GPIO_PortSource: selects the GPIO port to be used as source + * for Event output. + * This parameter can be GPIO_PortSourceGPIOx where x can be (A..E). + * @param GPIO_PinSource: specifies the pin for the Event output. + * This parameter can be GPIO_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15). + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_EventOutputConfig(uint8_t GPIO_PortSource, uint8_t GPIO_PinSource) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_EVENTOUT_PORT_SOURCE(GPIO_PortSource)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(GPIO_PinSource)); + + tmpreg = AFIO->EVCR; + /* Clear the PORT[6:4] and PIN[3:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= EVCR_PORTPINCONFIG_MASK; + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)GPIO_PortSource << 0x04; + tmpreg |= GPIO_PinSource; + AFIO->EVCR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Event Output. + * @param NewState: new state of the Event output. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_EventOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + *(__IO uint32_t *) EVCR_EVOE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Changes the mapping of the specified pin. + * @param GPIO_Remap: selects the pin to remap. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg GPIO_Remap_SPI1 : SPI1 Alternate Function mapping + * @arg GPIO_Remap_I2C1 : I2C1 Alternate Function mapping + * @arg GPIO_Remap_USART1 : USART1 Alternate Function mapping + * @arg GPIO_Remap_USART2 : USART2 Alternate Function mapping + * @arg GPIO_PartialRemap_USART3 : USART3 Partial Alternate Function mapping + * @arg GPIO_FullRemap_USART3 : USART3 Full Alternate Function mapping + * @arg GPIO_PartialRemap_TIM1 : TIM1 Partial Alternate Function mapping + * @arg GPIO_FullRemap_TIM1 : TIM1 Full Alternate Function mapping + * @arg GPIO_PartialRemap1_TIM2 : TIM2 Partial1 Alternate Function mapping + * @arg GPIO_PartialRemap2_TIM2 : TIM2 Partial2 Alternate Function mapping + * @arg GPIO_FullRemap_TIM2 : TIM2 Full Alternate Function mapping + * @arg GPIO_PartialRemap_TIM3 : TIM3 Partial Alternate Function mapping + * @arg GPIO_FullRemap_TIM3 : TIM3 Full Alternate Function mapping + * @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM4 : TIM4 Alternate Function mapping + * @arg GPIO_Remap1_CAN1 : CAN1 Alternate Function mapping + * @arg GPIO_Remap2_CAN1 : CAN1 Alternate Function mapping + * @arg GPIO_Remap_PD01 : PD01 Alternate Function mapping + * @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM5CH4_LSI : LSI connected to TIM5 Channel4 input capture for calibration + * @arg GPIO_Remap_ADC1_ETRGINJ : ADC1 External Trigger Injected Conversion remapping + * @arg GPIO_Remap_ADC1_ETRGREG : ADC1 External Trigger Regular Conversion remapping + * @arg GPIO_Remap_ADC2_ETRGINJ : ADC2 External Trigger Injected Conversion remapping + * @arg GPIO_Remap_ADC2_ETRGREG : ADC2 External Trigger Regular Conversion remapping + * @arg GPIO_Remap_ETH : Ethernet remapping (only for Connectivity line devices) + * @arg GPIO_Remap_CAN2 : CAN2 remapping (only for Connectivity line devices) + * @arg GPIO_Remap_SWJ_NoJTRST : Full SWJ Enabled (JTAG-DP + SW-DP) but without JTRST + * @arg GPIO_Remap_SWJ_JTAGDisable : JTAG-DP Disabled and SW-DP Enabled + * @arg GPIO_Remap_SWJ_Disable : Full SWJ Disabled (JTAG-DP + SW-DP) + * @arg GPIO_Remap_SPI3 : SPI3/I2S3 Alternate Function mapping (only for Connectivity line devices) + * When the SPI3/I2S3 is remapped using this function, the SWJ is configured + * to Full SWJ Enabled (JTAG-DP + SW-DP) but without JTRST. + * @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM2ITR1_PTP_SOF : Ethernet PTP output or USB OTG SOF (Start of Frame) connected + * to TIM2 Internal Trigger 1 for calibration (only for Connectivity line devices) + * If the GPIO_Remap_TIM2ITR1_PTP_SOF is enabled the TIM2 ITR1 is connected to + * Ethernet PTP output. When Reset TIM2 ITR1 is connected to USB OTG SOF output. + * @arg GPIO_Remap_PTP_PPS : Ethernet MAC PPS_PTS output on PB05 (only for Connectivity line devices) + * @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM15 : TIM15 Alternate Function mapping (only for Value line devices) + * @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM16 : TIM16 Alternate Function mapping (only for Value line devices) + * @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM17 : TIM17 Alternate Function mapping (only for Value line devices) + * @arg GPIO_Remap_CEC : CEC Alternate Function mapping (only for Value line devices) + * @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM1_DMA : TIM1 DMA requests mapping (only for Value line devices) + * @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM9 : TIM9 Alternate Function mapping (only for XL-density devices) + * @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM10 : TIM10 Alternate Function mapping (only for XL-density devices) + * @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM11 : TIM11 Alternate Function mapping (only for XL-density devices) + * @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM13 : TIM13 Alternate Function mapping (only for High density Value line and XL-density devices) + * @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM14 : TIM14 Alternate Function mapping (only for High density Value line and XL-density devices) + * @arg GPIO_Remap_FSMC_NADV : FSMC_NADV Alternate Function mapping (only for High density Value line and XL-density devices) + * @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM67_DAC_DMA : TIM6/TIM7 and DAC DMA requests remapping (only for High density Value line devices) + * @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM12 : TIM12 Alternate Function mapping (only for High density Value line devices) + * @arg GPIO_Remap_MISC : Miscellaneous Remap (DMA2 Channel5 Position and DAC Trigger remapping, + * only for High density Value line devices) + * @param NewState: new state of the port pin remapping. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_PinRemapConfig(uint32_t GPIO_Remap, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0x00, tmp1 = 0x00, tmpreg = 0x00, tmpmask = 0x00; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_REMAP(GPIO_Remap)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if((GPIO_Remap & 0x80000000) == 0x80000000) + { + tmpreg = AFIO->MAPR2; + } + else + { + tmpreg = AFIO->MAPR; + } + + tmpmask = (GPIO_Remap & DBGAFR_POSITION_MASK) >> 0x10; + tmp = GPIO_Remap & LSB_MASK; + + if ((GPIO_Remap & (DBGAFR_LOCATION_MASK | DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK)) == (DBGAFR_LOCATION_MASK | DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK)) + { + tmpreg &= DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK; + AFIO->MAPR &= DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK; + } + else if ((GPIO_Remap & DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK) == DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK) + { + tmp1 = ((uint32_t)0x03) << tmpmask; + tmpreg &= ~tmp1; + tmpreg |= ~DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK; + } + else + { + tmpreg &= ~(tmp << ((GPIO_Remap >> 0x15)*0x10)); + tmpreg |= ~DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK; + } + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + tmpreg |= (tmp << ((GPIO_Remap >> 0x15)*0x10)); + } + + if((GPIO_Remap & 0x80000000) == 0x80000000) + { + AFIO->MAPR2 = tmpreg; + } + else + { + AFIO->MAPR = tmpreg; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the GPIO pin used as EXTI Line. + * @param GPIO_PortSource: selects the GPIO port to be used as source for EXTI lines. + * This parameter can be GPIO_PortSourceGPIOx where x can be (A..G). + * @param GPIO_PinSource: specifies the EXTI line to be configured. + * This parameter can be GPIO_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15). + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_EXTILineConfig(uint8_t GPIO_PortSource, uint8_t GPIO_PinSource) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0x00; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_EXTI_PORT_SOURCE(GPIO_PortSource)); + assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(GPIO_PinSource)); + + tmp = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << (0x04 * (GPIO_PinSource & (uint8_t)0x03)); + AFIO->EXTICR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x02] &= ~tmp; + AFIO->EXTICR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x02] |= (((uint32_t)GPIO_PortSource) << (0x04 * (GPIO_PinSource & (uint8_t)0x03))); +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the Ethernet media interface. + * @note This function applies only to STM32 Connectivity line devices. + * @param GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface: specifies the Media Interface mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface_MII: MII mode + * @arg GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface_RMII: RMII mode + * @retval None + */ +void GPIO_ETH_MediaInterfaceConfig(uint32_t GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface) +{ + assert_param(IS_GPIO_ETH_MEDIA_INTERFACE(GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface)); + + /* Configure MII_RMII selection bit */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) MAPR_MII_RMII_SEL_BB = GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_i2c.c b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_i2c.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4ea321c --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_i2c.c @@ -0,0 +1,1331 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f10x_i2c.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V3.5.0 + * @date 11-March-2011 + * @brief This file provides all the I2C firmware functions. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f10x_i2c.h" +#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" + + +/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C + * @brief I2C driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Private_TypesDefinitions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Defines + * @{ + */ + +/* I2C SPE mask */ +#define CR1_PE_Set ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define CR1_PE_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFFE) + +/* I2C START mask */ +#define CR1_START_Set ((uint16_t)0x0100) +#define CR1_START_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFEFF) + +/* I2C STOP mask */ +#define CR1_STOP_Set ((uint16_t)0x0200) +#define CR1_STOP_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFDFF) + +/* I2C ACK mask */ +#define CR1_ACK_Set ((uint16_t)0x0400) +#define CR1_ACK_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFBFF) + +/* I2C ENGC mask */ +#define CR1_ENGC_Set ((uint16_t)0x0040) +#define CR1_ENGC_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFBF) + +/* I2C SWRST mask */ +#define CR1_SWRST_Set ((uint16_t)0x8000) +#define CR1_SWRST_Reset ((uint16_t)0x7FFF) + +/* I2C PEC mask */ +#define CR1_PEC_Set ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define CR1_PEC_Reset ((uint16_t)0xEFFF) + +/* I2C ENPEC mask */ +#define CR1_ENPEC_Set ((uint16_t)0x0020) +#define CR1_ENPEC_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFDF) + +/* I2C ENARP mask */ +#define CR1_ENARP_Set ((uint16_t)0x0010) +#define CR1_ENARP_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFEF) + +/* I2C NOSTRETCH mask */ +#define CR1_NOSTRETCH_Set ((uint16_t)0x0080) +#define CR1_NOSTRETCH_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFF7F) + +/* I2C registers Masks */ +#define CR1_CLEAR_Mask ((uint16_t)0xFBF5) + +/* I2C DMAEN mask */ +#define CR2_DMAEN_Set ((uint16_t)0x0800) +#define CR2_DMAEN_Reset ((uint16_t)0xF7FF) + +/* I2C LAST mask */ +#define CR2_LAST_Set ((uint16_t)0x1000) +#define CR2_LAST_Reset ((uint16_t)0xEFFF) + +/* I2C FREQ mask */ +#define CR2_FREQ_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFC0) + +/* I2C ADD0 mask */ +#define OAR1_ADD0_Set ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define OAR1_ADD0_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFFE) + +/* I2C ENDUAL mask */ +#define OAR2_ENDUAL_Set ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define OAR2_ENDUAL_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFFE) + +/* I2C ADD2 mask */ +#define OAR2_ADD2_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFF01) + +/* I2C F/S mask */ +#define CCR_FS_Set ((uint16_t)0x8000) + +/* I2C CCR mask */ +#define CCR_CCR_Set ((uint16_t)0x0FFF) + +/* I2C FLAG mask */ +#define FLAG_Mask ((uint32_t)0x00FFFFFF) + +/* I2C Interrupt Enable mask */ +#define ITEN_Mask ((uint32_t)0x07000000) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Private_FunctionPrototypes + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup I2C_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the I2Cx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + if (I2Cx == I2C1) + { + /* Enable I2C1 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1, ENABLE); + /* Release I2C1 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1, DISABLE); + } + else + { + /* Enable I2C2 reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2, ENABLE); + /* Release I2C2 from reset state */ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2, DISABLE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the I2Cx peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the I2C_InitStruct. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_InitStruct: pointer to a I2C_InitTypeDef structure that + * contains the configuration information for the specified I2C peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0, freqrange = 0; + uint16_t result = 0x04; + uint32_t pclk1 = 8000000; + RCC_ClocksTypeDef rcc_clocks; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ACK_STATE(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress)); + +/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Get the I2Cx CR2 value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->CR2; + /* Clear frequency FREQ[5:0] bits */ + tmpreg &= CR2_FREQ_Reset; + /* Get pclk1 frequency value */ + RCC_GetClocksFreq(&rcc_clocks); + pclk1 = rcc_clocks.PCLK1_Frequency; + /* Set frequency bits depending on pclk1 value */ + freqrange = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / 1000000); + tmpreg |= freqrange; + /* Write to I2Cx CR2 */ + I2Cx->CR2 = tmpreg; + +/*---------------------------- I2Cx CCR Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral to configure TRISE */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_PE_Reset; + /* Reset tmpreg value */ + /* Clear F/S, DUTY and CCR[11:0] bits */ + tmpreg = 0; + + /* Configure speed in standard mode */ + if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed <= 100000) + { + /* Standard mode speed calculate */ + result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed << 1)); + /* Test if CCR value is under 0x4*/ + if (result < 0x04) + { + /* Set minimum allowed value */ + result = 0x04; + } + /* Set speed value for standard mode */ + tmpreg |= result; + /* Set Maximum Rise Time for standard mode */ + I2Cx->TRISE = freqrange + 1; + } + /* Configure speed in fast mode */ + else /*(I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed <= 400000)*/ + { + if (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle == I2C_DutyCycle_2) + { + /* Fast mode speed calculate: Tlow/Thigh = 2 */ + result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed * 3)); + } + else /*I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle == I2C_DutyCycle_16_9*/ + { + /* Fast mode speed calculate: Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 */ + result = (uint16_t)(pclk1 / (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed * 25)); + /* Set DUTY bit */ + result |= I2C_DutyCycle_16_9; + } + + /* Test if CCR value is under 0x1*/ + if ((result & CCR_CCR_Set) == 0) + { + /* Set minimum allowed value */ + result |= (uint16_t)0x0001; + } + /* Set speed value and set F/S bit for fast mode */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(result | CCR_FS_Set); + /* Set Maximum Rise Time for fast mode */ + I2Cx->TRISE = (uint16_t)(((freqrange * (uint16_t)300) / (uint16_t)1000) + (uint16_t)1); + } + + /* Write to I2Cx CCR */ + I2Cx->CCR = tmpreg; + /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_PE_Set; + +/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/ + /* Get the I2Cx CR1 value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->CR1; + /* Clear ACK, SMBTYPE and SMBUS bits */ + tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_Mask; + /* Configure I2Cx: mode and acknowledgement */ + /* Set SMBTYPE and SMBUS bits according to I2C_Mode value */ + /* Set ACK bit according to I2C_Ack value */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint32_t)I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode | I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack); + /* Write to I2Cx CR1 */ + I2Cx->CR1 = tmpreg; + +/*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Set I2Cx Own Address1 and acknowledged address */ + I2Cx->OAR1 = (I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress | I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1); +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each I2C_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param I2C_InitStruct: pointer to an I2C_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct) +{ +/*---------------- Reset I2C init structure parameters values ----------------*/ + /* initialize the I2C_ClockSpeed member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_ClockSpeed = 5000; + /* Initialize the I2C_Mode member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Mode = I2C_Mode_I2C; + /* Initialize the I2C_DutyCycle member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_DutyCycle = I2C_DutyCycle_2; + /* Initialize the I2C_OwnAddress1 member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_OwnAddress1 = 0; + /* Initialize the I2C_Ack member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_Ack = I2C_Ack_Disable; + /* Initialize the I2C_AcknowledgedAddress member */ + I2C_InitStruct->I2C_AcknowledgedAddress = I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C peripheral. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_PE_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_PE_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C DMA requests. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C DMA transfer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C DMA requests */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= CR2_DMAEN_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C DMA requests */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= CR2_DMAEN_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Specifies if the next DMA transfer will be the last one. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C DMA last transfer. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_DMALastTransferCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Next DMA transfer is the last transfer */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= CR2_LAST_Set; + } + else + { + /* Next DMA transfer is not the last transfer */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= CR2_LAST_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Generates I2Cx communication START condition. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C START condition generation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None. + */ +void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Generate a START condition */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_START_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the START condition generation */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_START_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Generates I2Cx communication STOP condition. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C STOP condition generation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None. + */ +void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Generate a STOP condition */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_STOP_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the STOP condition generation */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_STOP_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C acknowledge feature. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C Acknowledgement. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None. + */ +void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the acknowledgement */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_ACK_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the acknowledgement */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_ACK_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the specified I2C own address2. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Address: specifies the 7bit I2C own address2. + * @retval None. + */ +void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address) +{ + uint16_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Get the old register value */ + tmpreg = I2Cx->OAR2; + + /* Reset I2Cx Own address2 bit [7:1] */ + tmpreg &= OAR2_ADD2_Reset; + + /* Set I2Cx Own address2 */ + tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)Address & (uint16_t)0x00FE); + + /* Store the new register value */ + I2Cx->OAR2 = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C dual addressing mode. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C dual addressing mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable dual addressing mode */ + I2Cx->OAR2 |= OAR2_ENDUAL_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable dual addressing mode */ + I2Cx->OAR2 &= OAR2_ENDUAL_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C general call feature. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C General call. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable generall call */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_ENGC_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable generall call */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_ENGC_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C interrupts. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_IT: specifies the I2C interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_IT_BUF: Buffer interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_EVT: Event interrupt mask + * @arg I2C_IT_ERR: Error interrupt mask + * @param NewState: new state of the specified I2C interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CONFIG_IT(I2C_IT)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C interrupts */ + I2Cx->CR2 |= I2C_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C interrupts */ + I2Cx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~I2C_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sends a data byte through the I2Cx peripheral. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Data: Byte to be transmitted.. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + /* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */ + I2Cx->DR = Data; +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the I2Cx peripheral. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval The value of the received data. + */ +uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + /* Return the data in the DR register */ + return (uint8_t)I2Cx->DR; +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits the address byte to select the slave device. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param Address: specifies the slave address which will be transmitted + * @param I2C_Direction: specifies whether the I2C device will be a + * Transmitter or a Receiver. This parameter can be one of the following values + * @arg I2C_Direction_Transmitter: Transmitter mode + * @arg I2C_Direction_Receiver: Receiver mode + * @retval None. + */ +void I2C_Send7bitAddress(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address, uint8_t I2C_Direction) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DIRECTION(I2C_Direction)); + /* Test on the direction to set/reset the read/write bit */ + if (I2C_Direction != I2C_Direction_Transmitter) + { + /* Set the address bit0 for read */ + Address |= OAR1_ADD0_Set; + } + else + { + /* Reset the address bit0 for write */ + Address &= OAR1_ADD0_Reset; + } + /* Send the address */ + I2Cx->DR = Address; +} + +/** + * @brief Reads the specified I2C register and returns its value. + * @param I2C_Register: specifies the register to read. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_Register_CR1: CR1 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_CR2: CR2 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_OAR1: OAR1 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_OAR2: OAR2 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_DR: DR register. + * @arg I2C_Register_SR1: SR1 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_SR2: SR2 register. + * @arg I2C_Register_CCR: CCR register. + * @arg I2C_Register_TRISE: TRISE register. + * @retval The value of the read register. + */ +uint16_t I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t I2C_Register) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_REGISTER(I2C_Register)); + + tmp = (uint32_t) I2Cx; + tmp += I2C_Register; + + /* Return the selected register value */ + return (*(__IO uint16_t *) tmp); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C software reset. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C software reset. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Peripheral under reset */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_SWRST_Set; + } + else + { + /* Peripheral not under reset */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_SWRST_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the specified I2C NACK position in master receiver mode. + * This function is useful in I2C Master Receiver mode when the number + * of data to be received is equal to 2. In this case, this function + * should be called (with parameter I2C_NACKPosition_Next) before data + * reception starts,as described in the 2-byte reception procedure + * recommended in Reference Manual in Section: Master receiver. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_NACKPosition: specifies the NACK position. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_NACKPosition_Next: indicates that the next byte will be the last + * received byte. + * @arg I2C_NACKPosition_Current: indicates that current byte is the last + * received byte. + * + * @note This function configures the same bit (POS) as I2C_PECPositionConfig() + * but is intended to be used in I2C mode while I2C_PECPositionConfig() + * is intended to used in SMBUS mode. + * + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_NACKPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_NACKPosition) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_NACK_POSITION(I2C_NACKPosition)); + + /* Check the input parameter */ + if (I2C_NACKPosition == I2C_NACKPosition_Next) + { + /* Next byte in shift register is the last received byte */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_NACKPosition_Next; + } + else + { + /* Current byte in shift register is the last received byte */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_NACKPosition_Current; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Drives the SMBusAlert pin high or low for the specified I2C. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_SMBusAlert: specifies SMBAlert pin level. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_SMBusAlert_Low: SMBAlert pin driven low + * @arg I2C_SMBusAlert_High: SMBAlert pin driven high + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_SMBusAlertConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_SMBusAlert) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_SMBUS_ALERT(I2C_SMBusAlert)); + if (I2C_SMBusAlert == I2C_SMBusAlert_Low) + { + /* Drive the SMBusAlert pin Low */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_SMBusAlert_Low; + } + else + { + /* Drive the SMBusAlert pin High */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_SMBusAlert_High; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C PEC transfer. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2C PEC transmission. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_TransmitPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C PEC transmission */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_PEC_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C PEC transmission */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_PEC_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the specified I2C PEC position. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_PECPosition: specifies the PEC position. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_PECPosition_Next: indicates that the next byte is PEC + * @arg I2C_PECPosition_Current: indicates that current byte is PEC + * + * @note This function configures the same bit (POS) as I2C_NACKPositionConfig() + * but is intended to be used in SMBUS mode while I2C_NACKPositionConfig() + * is intended to used in I2C mode. + * + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_PECPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_PECPosition) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_PEC_POSITION(I2C_PECPosition)); + if (I2C_PECPosition == I2C_PECPosition_Next) + { + /* Next byte in shift register is PEC */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= I2C_PECPosition_Next; + } + else + { + /* Current byte in shift register is PEC */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= I2C_PECPosition_Current; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the PEC value calculation of the transferred bytes. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx PEC value calculation. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C PEC calculation */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_ENPEC_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C PEC calculation */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_ENPEC_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the PEC value for the specified I2C. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @retval The PEC value. + */ +uint8_t I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + /* Return the selected I2C PEC value */ + return ((I2Cx->SR2) >> 8); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C ARP. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx ARP. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ARPCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C ARP */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_ENARP_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C ARP */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_ENARP_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified I2C Clock stretching. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the I2Cx Clock stretching. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState == DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected I2C Clock stretching */ + I2Cx->CR1 |= CR1_NOSTRETCH_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected I2C Clock stretching */ + I2Cx->CR1 &= CR1_NOSTRETCH_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the specified I2C fast mode duty cycle. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_DutyCycle: specifies the fast mode duty cycle. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_DutyCycle_2: I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 2 + * @arg I2C_DutyCycle_16_9: I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(I2C_DutyCycle)); + if (I2C_DutyCycle != I2C_DutyCycle_16_9) + { + /* I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh=2 */ + I2Cx->CCR &= I2C_DutyCycle_2; + } + else + { + /* I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh=16/9 */ + I2Cx->CCR |= I2C_DutyCycle_16_9; + } +} + + + +/** + * @brief + **************************************************************************************** + * + * I2C State Monitoring Functions + * + **************************************************************************************** + * This I2C driver provides three different ways for I2C state monitoring + * depending on the application requirements and constraints: + * + * + * 1) Basic state monitoring: + * Using I2C_CheckEvent() function: + * It compares the status registers (SR1 and SR2) content to a given event + * (can be the combination of one or more flags). + * It returns SUCCESS if the current status includes the given flags + * and returns ERROR if one or more flags are missing in the current status. + * - When to use: + * - This function is suitable for most applications as well as for startup + * activity since the events are fully described in the product reference manual + * (RM0008). + * - It is also suitable for users who need to define their own events. + * - Limitations: + * - If an error occurs (ie. error flags are set besides to the monitored flags), + * the I2C_CheckEvent() function may return SUCCESS despite the communication + * hold or corrupted real state. + * In this case, it is advised to use error interrupts to monitor the error + * events and handle them in the interrupt IRQ handler. + * + * @note + * For error management, it is advised to use the following functions: + * - I2C_ITConfig() to configure and enable the error interrupts (I2C_IT_ERR). + * - I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() which is called when the error interrupt occurs. + * Where x is the peripheral instance (I2C1, I2C2 ...) + * - I2C_GetFlagStatus() or I2C_GetITStatus() to be called into I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() + * in order to determine which error occured. + * - I2C_ClearFlag() or I2C_ClearITPendingBit() and/or I2C_SoftwareResetCmd() + * and/or I2C_GenerateStop() in order to clear the error flag and source, + * and return to correct communication status. + * + * + * 2) Advanced state monitoring: + * Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent() which returns the image of both status + * registers in a single word (uint32_t) (Status Register 2 value is shifted left + * by 16 bits and concatenated to Status Register 1). + * - When to use: + * - This function is suitable for the same applications above but it allows to + * overcome the mentioned limitation of I2C_GetFlagStatus() function. + * The returned value could be compared to events already defined in the + * library (stm32f10x_i2c.h) or to custom values defined by user. + * - This function is suitable when multiple flags are monitored at the same time. + * - At the opposite of I2C_CheckEvent() function, this function allows user to + * choose when an event is accepted (when all events flags are set and no + * other flags are set or just when the needed flags are set like + * I2C_CheckEvent() function). + * - Limitations: + * - User may need to define his own events. + * - Same remark concerning the error management is applicable for this + * function if user decides to check only regular communication flags (and + * ignores error flags). + * + * + * 3) Flag-based state monitoring: + * Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus() which simply returns the status of + * one single flag (ie. I2C_FLAG_RXNE ...). + * - When to use: + * - This function could be used for specific applications or in debug phase. + * - It is suitable when only one flag checking is needed (most I2C events + * are monitored through multiple flags). + * - Limitations: + * - When calling this function, the Status register is accessed. Some flags are + * cleared when the status register is accessed. So checking the status + * of one Flag, may clear other ones. + * - Function may need to be called twice or more in order to monitor one + * single event. + * + * For detailed description of Events, please refer to section I2C_Events in + * stm32f10x_i2c.h file. + * + */ + +/** + * + * 1) Basic state monitoring + ******************************************************************************* + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the last I2Cx Event is equal to the one passed + * as parameter. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_EVENT: specifies the event to be checked. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED : EV1 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED : EV1 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED : EV1 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED : EV1 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED : EV1 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED : EV2 + * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF) : EV2 + * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL) : EV2 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED : EV3 + * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF) : EV3 + * @arg (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL) : EV3 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE : EV3_2 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED : EV4 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT : EV5 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED : EV6 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED : EV6 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED : EV7 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING : EV8 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED : EV8_2 + * @arg I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10 : EV9 + * + * @note: For detailed description of Events, please refer to section + * I2C_Events in stm32f10x_i2c.h file. + * + * @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value: + * - SUCCESS: Last event is equal to the I2C_EVENT + * - ERROR: Last event is different from the I2C_EVENT + */ +ErrorStatus I2C_CheckEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_EVENT) +{ + uint32_t lastevent = 0; + uint32_t flag1 = 0, flag2 = 0; + ErrorStatus status = ERROR; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_EVENT(I2C_EVENT)); + + /* Read the I2Cx status register */ + flag1 = I2Cx->SR1; + flag2 = I2Cx->SR2; + flag2 = flag2 << 16; + + /* Get the last event value from I2C status register */ + lastevent = (flag1 | flag2) & FLAG_Mask; + + /* Check whether the last event contains the I2C_EVENT */ + if ((lastevent & I2C_EVENT) == I2C_EVENT) + { + /* SUCCESS: last event is equal to I2C_EVENT */ + status = SUCCESS; + } + else + { + /* ERROR: last event is different from I2C_EVENT */ + status = ERROR; + } + /* Return status */ + return status; +} + +/** + * + * 2) Advanced state monitoring + ******************************************************************************* + */ + +/** + * @brief Returns the last I2Cx Event. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * + * @note: For detailed description of Events, please refer to section + * I2C_Events in stm32f10x_i2c.h file. + * + * @retval The last event + */ +uint32_t I2C_GetLastEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx) +{ + uint32_t lastevent = 0; + uint32_t flag1 = 0, flag2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + + /* Read the I2Cx status register */ + flag1 = I2Cx->SR1; + flag2 = I2Cx->SR2; + flag2 = flag2 << 16; + + /* Get the last event value from I2C status register */ + lastevent = (flag1 | flag2) & FLAG_Mask; + + /* Return status */ + return lastevent; +} + +/** + * + * 3) Flag-based state monitoring + ******************************************************************************* + */ + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set or not. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_FLAG_DUALF: Dual flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST: SMBus host header (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT: SMBus default header (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_GENCALL: General call header flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TRA: Transmitter/Receiver flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BUSY: Bus busy flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_MSL: Master/Slave flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TXE: Data register empty flag (Transmitter) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_RXNE: Data register not empty (Receiver) flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_STOPF: Stop detection flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ADD10: 10-bit header sent flag (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ADDR: Address sent flag (Master mode) "ADSL" + * Address matched flag (Slave mode)"ENDA" + * @arg I2C_FLAG_SB: Start bit flag (Master mode) + * @retval The new state of I2C_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + __IO uint32_t i2creg = 0, i2cxbase = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_FLAG(I2C_FLAG)); + + /* Get the I2Cx peripheral base address */ + i2cxbase = (uint32_t)I2Cx; + + /* Read flag register index */ + i2creg = I2C_FLAG >> 28; + + /* Get bit[23:0] of the flag */ + I2C_FLAG &= FLAG_Mask; + + if(i2creg != 0) + { + /* Get the I2Cx SR1 register address */ + i2cxbase += 0x14; + } + else + { + /* Flag in I2Cx SR2 Register */ + I2C_FLAG = (uint32_t)(I2C_FLAG >> 16); + /* Get the I2Cx SR2 register address */ + i2cxbase += 0x18; + } + + if(((*(__IO uint32_t *)i2cxbase) & I2C_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + /* I2C_FLAG is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* I2C_FLAG is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + /* Return the I2C_FLAG status */ + return bitstatus; +} + + + +/** + * @brief Clears the I2Cx's pending flags. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_AF: Acknowledge failure flag + * @arg I2C_FLAG_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_FLAG_BERR: Bus error flag + * + * @note + * - STOPF (STOP detection) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation + * to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation + * to I2C_CR1 register (I2C_Cmd() to re-enable the I2C peripheral). + * - ADD10 (10-bit header sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to I2C_SR1 (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by writing the + * second byte of the address in DR register. + * - BTF (Byte Transfer Finished) is cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a + * read/write to I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()). + * - ADDR (Address sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to + * I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a read operation to + * I2C_SR2 register ((void)(I2Cx->SR2)). + * - SB (Start Bit) is cleared software sequence: a read operation to I2C_SR1 + * register (I2C_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation to I2C_DR + * register (I2C_SendData()). + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG) +{ + uint32_t flagpos = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(I2C_FLAG)); + /* Get the I2C flag position */ + flagpos = I2C_FLAG & FLAG_Mask; + /* Clear the selected I2C flag */ + I2Cx->SR1 = (uint16_t)~flagpos; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified I2C interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg I2C_IT_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert flag + * @arg I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error flag + * @arg I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception flag + * @arg I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_AF: Acknowledge failure flag + * @arg I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost flag (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error flag + * @arg I2C_IT_TXE: Data register empty flag (Transmitter) + * @arg I2C_IT_RXNE: Data register not empty (Receiver) flag + * @arg I2C_IT_STOPF: Stop detection flag (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_ADD10: 10-bit header sent flag (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_BTF: Byte transfer finished flag + * @arg I2C_IT_ADDR: Address sent flag (Master mode) "ADSL" + * Address matched flag (Slave mode)"ENDAD" + * @arg I2C_IT_SB: Start bit flag (Master mode) + * @retval The new state of I2C_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint32_t enablestatus = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_GET_IT(I2C_IT)); + + /* Check if the interrupt source is enabled or not */ + enablestatus = (uint32_t)(((I2C_IT & ITEN_Mask) >> 16) & (I2Cx->CR2)) ; + + /* Get bit[23:0] of the flag */ + I2C_IT &= FLAG_Mask; + + /* Check the status of the specified I2C flag */ + if (((I2Cx->SR1 & I2C_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus) + { + /* I2C_IT is set */ + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + /* I2C_IT is reset */ + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the I2C_IT status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the I2Cx’s interrupt pending bits. + * @param I2Cx: where x can be 1 or 2 to select the I2C peripheral. + * @param I2C_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg I2C_IT_SMBALERT: SMBus Alert interrupt + * @arg I2C_IT_TIMEOUT: Timeout or Tlow error interrupt + * @arg I2C_IT_PECERR: PEC error in reception interrupt + * @arg I2C_IT_OVR: Overrun/Underrun interrupt (Slave mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_AF: Acknowledge failure interrupt + * @arg I2C_IT_ARLO: Arbitration lost interrupt (Master mode) + * @arg I2C_IT_BERR: Bus error interrupt + * + * @note + * - STOPF (STOP detection) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation + * to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a write operation to + * I2C_CR1 register (I2C_Cmd() to re-enable the I2C peripheral). + * - ADD10 (10-bit header sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to I2C_SR1 (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by writing the second + * byte of the address in I2C_DR register. + * - BTF (Byte Transfer Finished) is cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a + * read/write to I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()). + * - ADDR (Address sent) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to + * I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a read operation to + * I2C_SR2 register ((void)(I2Cx->SR2)). + * - SB (Start Bit) is cleared by software sequence: a read operation to + * I2C_SR1 register (I2C_GetITStatus()) followed by a write operation to + * I2C_DR register (I2C_SendData()). + * @retval None + */ +void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT) +{ + uint32_t flagpos = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(I2Cx)); + assert_param(IS_I2C_CLEAR_IT(I2C_IT)); + /* Get the I2C flag position */ + flagpos = I2C_IT & FLAG_Mask; + /* Clear the selected I2C flag */ + I2Cx->SR1 = (uint16_t)~flagpos; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_iwdg.c b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_iwdg.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c7cbf7e --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_iwdg.c @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f10x_iwdg.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V3.5.0 + * @date 11-March-2011 + * @brief This file provides all the IWDG firmware functions. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f10x_iwdg.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG + * @brief IWDG driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_TypesDefinitions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Defines + * @{ + */ + +/* ---------------------- IWDG registers bit mask ----------------------------*/ + +/* KR register bit mask */ +#define KR_KEY_Reload ((uint16_t)0xAAAA) +#define KR_KEY_Enable ((uint16_t)0xCCCC) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_FunctionPrototypes + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers. + * @param IWDG_WriteAccess: new state of write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable: Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers + * @arg IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable: Disable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(uint16_t IWDG_WriteAccess) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_WRITE_ACCESS(IWDG_WriteAccess)); + IWDG->KR = IWDG_WriteAccess; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets IWDG Prescaler value. + * @param IWDG_Prescaler: specifies the IWDG Prescaler value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_4: IWDG prescaler set to 4 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_8: IWDG prescaler set to 8 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_16: IWDG prescaler set to 16 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_32: IWDG prescaler set to 32 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_64: IWDG prescaler set to 64 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_128: IWDG prescaler set to 128 + * @arg IWDG_Prescaler_256: IWDG prescaler set to 256 + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_SetPrescaler(uint8_t IWDG_Prescaler) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(IWDG_Prescaler)); + IWDG->PR = IWDG_Prescaler; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets IWDG Reload value. + * @param Reload: specifies the IWDG Reload value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x0FFF. + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_SetReload(uint16_t Reload) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(Reload)); + IWDG->RLR = Reload; +} + +/** + * @brief Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register + * (write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers disabled). + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void) +{ + IWDG->KR = KR_KEY_Reload; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables IWDG (write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers disabled). + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void IWDG_Enable(void) +{ + IWDG->KR = KR_KEY_Enable; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified IWDG flag is set or not. + * @param IWDG_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg IWDG_FLAG_PVU: Prescaler Value Update on going + * @arg IWDG_FLAG_RVU: Reload Value Update on going + * @retval The new state of IWDG_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus IWDG_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t IWDG_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_IWDG_FLAG(IWDG_FLAG)); + if ((IWDG->SR & IWDG_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_pwr.c b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_pwr.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a5a5c57 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_pwr.c @@ -0,0 +1,307 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f10x_pwr.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V3.5.0 + * @date 11-March-2011 + * @brief This file provides all the PWR firmware functions. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f10x_pwr.h" +#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR + * @brief PWR driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Private_TypesDefinitions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Defines + * @{ + */ + +/* --------- PWR registers bit address in the alias region ---------- */ +#define PWR_OFFSET (PWR_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) + +/* --- CR Register ---*/ + +/* Alias word address of DBP bit */ +#define CR_OFFSET (PWR_OFFSET + 0x00) +#define DBP_BitNumber 0x08 +#define CR_DBP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (DBP_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* Alias word address of PVDE bit */ +#define PVDE_BitNumber 0x04 +#define CR_PVDE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PVDE_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --- CSR Register ---*/ + +/* Alias word address of EWUP bit */ +#define CSR_OFFSET (PWR_OFFSET + 0x04) +#define EWUP_BitNumber 0x08 +#define CSR_EWUP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (EWUP_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* ------------------ PWR registers bit mask ------------------------ */ + +/* CR register bit mask */ +#define CR_DS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC) +#define CR_PLS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF1F) + + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Private_FunctionPrototypes + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_DeInit(void) +{ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables access to the RTC and backup registers. + * @param NewState: new state of the access to the RTC and backup registers. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_BackupAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @param NewState: new state of the PVD. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_PVDCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD). + * @param PWR_PVDLevel: specifies the PVD detection level + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2V2: PVD detection level set to 2.2V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2V3: PVD detection level set to 2.3V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2V4: PVD detection level set to 2.4V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2V5: PVD detection level set to 2.5V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2V6: PVD detection level set to 2.6V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2V7: PVD detection level set to 2.7V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2V8: PVD detection level set to 2.8V + * @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2V9: PVD detection level set to 2.9V + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_PVDLevelConfig(uint32_t PWR_PVDLevel) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(PWR_PVDLevel)); + tmpreg = PWR->CR; + /* Clear PLS[7:5] bits */ + tmpreg &= CR_PLS_MASK; + /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PWR_PVDLevel value */ + tmpreg |= PWR_PVDLevel; + /* Store the new value */ + PWR->CR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the WakeUp Pin functionality. + * @param NewState: new state of the WakeUp Pin functionality. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP_BB = (uint32_t)NewState; +} + +/** + * @brief Enters STOP mode. + * @param PWR_Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_Regulator_ON: STOP mode with regulator ON + * @arg PWR_Regulator_LowPower: STOP mode with regulator in low power mode + * @param PWR_STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction + * @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(PWR_Regulator)); + assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(PWR_STOPEntry)); + + /* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/ + tmpreg = PWR->CR; + /* Clear PDDS and LPDS bits */ + tmpreg &= CR_DS_MASK; + /* Set LPDS bit according to PWR_Regulator value */ + tmpreg |= PWR_Regulator; + /* Store the new value */ + PWR->CR = tmpreg; + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP; + + /* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/ + if(PWR_STOPEntry == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI) + { + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); + } + else + { + /* Request Wait For Event */ + __WFE(); + } + + /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP); +} + +/** + * @brief Enters STANDBY mode. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void) +{ + /* Clear Wake-up flag */ + PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_CWUF; + /* Select STANDBY mode */ + PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_PDDS; + /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */ + SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP; +/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */ +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) + __force_stores(); +#endif + /* Request Wait For Interrupt */ + __WFI(); +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified PWR flag is set or not. + * @param PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag + * @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag + * @arg PWR_FLAG_PVDO: PVD Output + * @retval The new state of PWR_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus PWR_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t PWR_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG)); + + if ((PWR->CSR & PWR_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + /* Return the flag status */ + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the PWR's pending flags. + * @param PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag + * @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag + * @retval None + */ +void PWR_ClearFlag(uint32_t PWR_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(PWR_FLAG)); + + PWR->CR |= PWR_FLAG << 2; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_rtc.c b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_rtc.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f05aef5 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_rtc.c @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f10x_rtc.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V3.5.0 + * @date 11-March-2011 + * @brief This file provides all the RTC firmware functions. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f10x_rtc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC + * @brief RTC driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Private_TypesDefinitions + * @{ + */ +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Defines + * @{ + */ +#define RTC_LSB_MASK ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /*!< RTC LSB Mask */ +#define PRLH_MSB_MASK ((uint32_t)0x000F0000) /*!< RTC Prescaler MSB Mask */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Private_FunctionPrototypes + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified RTC interrupts. + * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_IT_OW: Overflow interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALR: Alarm interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_SEC: Second interrupt + * @param NewState: new state of the specified RTC interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ITConfig(uint16_t RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_IT(RTC_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + RTC->CRH |= RTC_IT; + } + else + { + RTC->CRH &= (uint16_t)~RTC_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enters the RTC configuration mode. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_EnterConfigMode(void) +{ + /* Set the CNF flag to enter in the Configuration Mode */ + RTC->CRL |= RTC_CRL_CNF; +} + +/** + * @brief Exits from the RTC configuration mode. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ExitConfigMode(void) +{ + /* Reset the CNF flag to exit from the Configuration Mode */ + RTC->CRL &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)RTC_CRL_CNF); +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the RTC counter value. + * @param None + * @retval RTC counter value. + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetCounter(void) +{ + uint16_t tmp = 0; + tmp = RTC->CNTL; + return (((uint32_t)RTC->CNTH << 16 ) | tmp) ; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the RTC counter value. + * @param CounterValue: RTC counter new value. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_SetCounter(uint32_t CounterValue) +{ + RTC_EnterConfigMode(); + /* Set RTC COUNTER MSB word */ + RTC->CNTH = CounterValue >> 16; + /* Set RTC COUNTER LSB word */ + RTC->CNTL = (CounterValue & RTC_LSB_MASK); + RTC_ExitConfigMode(); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the RTC prescaler value. + * @param PrescalerValue: RTC prescaler new value. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_SetPrescaler(uint32_t PrescalerValue) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_PRESCALER(PrescalerValue)); + + RTC_EnterConfigMode(); + /* Set RTC PRESCALER MSB word */ + RTC->PRLH = (PrescalerValue & PRLH_MSB_MASK) >> 16; + /* Set RTC PRESCALER LSB word */ + RTC->PRLL = (PrescalerValue & RTC_LSB_MASK); + RTC_ExitConfigMode(); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the RTC alarm value. + * @param AlarmValue: RTC alarm new value. + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_SetAlarm(uint32_t AlarmValue) +{ + RTC_EnterConfigMode(); + /* Set the ALARM MSB word */ + RTC->ALRH = AlarmValue >> 16; + /* Set the ALARM LSB word */ + RTC->ALRL = (AlarmValue & RTC_LSB_MASK); + RTC_ExitConfigMode(); +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the RTC divider value. + * @param None + * @retval RTC Divider value. + */ +uint32_t RTC_GetDivider(void) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0x00; + tmp = ((uint32_t)RTC->DIVH & (uint32_t)0x000F) << 16; + tmp |= RTC->DIVL; + return tmp; +} + +/** + * @brief Waits until last write operation on RTC registers has finished. + * @note This function must be called before any write to RTC registers. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_WaitForLastTask(void) +{ + /* Loop until RTOFF flag is set */ + while ((RTC->CRL & RTC_FLAG_RTOFF) == (uint16_t)RESET) + { + } +} + +/** + * @brief Waits until the RTC registers (RTC_CNT, RTC_ALR and RTC_PRL) + * are synchronized with RTC APB clock. + * @note This function must be called before any read operation after an APB reset + * or an APB clock stop. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_WaitForSynchro(void) +{ + /* Clear RSF flag */ + RTC->CRL &= (uint16_t)~RTC_FLAG_RSF; + /* Loop until RSF flag is set */ + while ((RTC->CRL & RTC_FLAG_RSF) == (uint16_t)RESET) + { + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RTC flag is set or not. + * @param RTC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one the following values: + * @arg RTC_FLAG_RTOFF: RTC Operation OFF flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_OW: Overflow flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALR: Alarm flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_SEC: Second flag + * @retval The new state of RTC_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t RTC_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_FLAG(RTC_FLAG)); + + if ((RTC->CRL & RTC_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the RTC's pending flags. + * @param RTC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag. This flag is cleared only after + * an APB reset or an APB Clock stop. + * @arg RTC_FLAG_OW: Overflow flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_ALR: Alarm flag + * @arg RTC_FLAG_SEC: Second flag + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ClearFlag(uint16_t RTC_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_CLEAR_FLAG(RTC_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the corresponding RTC flag */ + RTC->CRL &= (uint16_t)~RTC_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified RTC interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupts sources to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg RTC_IT_OW: Overflow interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALR: Alarm interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_SEC: Second interrupt + * @retval The new state of the RTC_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(uint16_t RTC_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_IT(RTC_IT)); + + bitstatus = (ITStatus)(RTC->CRL & RTC_IT); + if (((RTC->CRH & RTC_IT) != (uint16_t)RESET) && (bitstatus != (uint16_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the RTC's interrupt pending bits. + * @param RTC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg RTC_IT_OW: Overflow interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_ALR: Alarm interrupt + * @arg RTC_IT_SEC: Second interrupt + * @retval None + */ +void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t RTC_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_RTC_IT(RTC_IT)); + + /* Clear the corresponding RTC pending bit */ + RTC->CRL &= (uint16_t)~RTC_IT; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_tim.c b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_tim.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bfb4dd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_tim.c @@ -0,0 +1,2890 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f10x_tim.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V3.5.0 + * @date 11-March-2011 + * @brief This file provides all the TIM firmware functions. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f10x_tim.h" +#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM + * @brief TIM driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Private_TypesDefinitions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Defines + * @{ + */ + +/* ---------------------- TIM registers bit mask ------------------------ */ +#define SMCR_ETR_Mask ((uint16_t)0x00FF) +#define CCMR_Offset ((uint16_t)0x0018) +#define CCER_CCE_Set ((uint16_t)0x0001) +#define CCER_CCNE_Set ((uint16_t)0x0004) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Private_FunctionPrototypes + * @{ + */ + +static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); +static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter); +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Private_FunctionPrototypes + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the TIMx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DeInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + + if (TIMx == TIM1) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM2) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM3) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM4) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM5) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM6) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM7) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM8) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM9) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM10) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM11) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM12) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM13) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM14) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM15) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15, DISABLE); + } + else if (TIMx == TIM16) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if (TIMx == TIM17) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Time Base Unit peripheral according to + * the specified parameters in the TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef + * structure that contains the configuration information for the + * specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_TimeBaseInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpcr1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision)); + + tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)|| (TIMx == TIM2) || (TIMx == TIM3)|| + (TIMx == TIM4) || (TIMx == TIM5)) + { + /* Select the Counter Mode */ + tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS))); + tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode; + } + + if((TIMx != TIM6) && (TIMx != TIM7)) + { + /* Set the clock division */ + tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_CKD)); + tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision; + } + + TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; + + /* Set the Autoreload value */ + TIMx->ARR = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period ; + + /* Set the Prescaler value */ + TIMx->PSC = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler; + + if ((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)|| (TIMx == TIM15)|| (TIMx == TIM16) || (TIMx == TIM17)) + { + /* Set the Repetition Counter value */ + TIMx->RCR = TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_RepetitionCounter; + } + + /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler and the Repetition counter + values immediately */ + TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel1 according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)(~(uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E); + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1M)); + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC1S)); + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1P)); + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity; + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState; + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)|| (TIMx == TIM15)|| + (TIMx == TIM16)|| (TIMx == TIM17)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1NP)); + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity; + + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1NE)); + /* Set the Output N State */ + tmpccer |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState; + + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_OIS1)); + tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_OIS1N)); + + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState; + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState; + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR1 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel2 according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select + * the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2M)); + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC2S)); + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2P)); + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 4); + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 4); + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2NP)); + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity << 4); + + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2NE)); + /* Set the Output N State */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState << 4); + + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_OIS2)); + tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_OIS2N)); + + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 2); + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState << 2); + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR2 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel3 according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3M)); + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_CC3S)); + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode; + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3P)); + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 8); + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 8); + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUTN_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); + + /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3NP)); + /* Set the Output N Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity << 8); + /* Reset the Output N State */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3NE)); + + /* Set the Output N State */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState << 8); + /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_OIS3)); + tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_OIS3N)); + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 4); + /* Set the Output N Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState << 4); + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR3 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIMx Channel4 according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_OCInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4Init(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmrx = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmpcr2 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity)); + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E)); + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ + tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; + + /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4M)); + tmpccmrx &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_CC4S)); + + /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ + tmpccmrx |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode << 8); + + /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4P)); + /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity << 12); + + /* Set the Output State */ + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState << 12); + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState)); + /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */ + tmpcr2 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_OIS4)); + /* Set the Output Idle state */ + tmpcr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState << 6); + } + /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ + TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; + + /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ + TIMx->CCR4 = TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse; + + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the TIM peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_ICInitStruct. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ICInit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter)); + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8) || (TIMx == TIM2) || (TIMx == TIM3) || + (TIMx == TIM4) ||(TIMx == TIM5)) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity)); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY_LITE(TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity)); + } + if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx)); + /* TI1 Configuration */ + TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } + else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_2) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + /* TI2 Configuration */ + TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } + else if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3) + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + /* TI3 Configuration */ + TI3_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } + else + { + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + /* TI4 Configuration */ + TI4_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIM peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the TIM_ICInitStruct to measure an external PWM signal. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_PWMIConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + uint16_t icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising; + uint16_t icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + /* Select the Opposite Input Polarity */ + if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity == TIM_ICPolarity_Rising) + { + icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Falling; + } + else + { + icoppositepolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising; + } + /* Select the Opposite Input */ + if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection == TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI) + { + icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI; + } + else + { + icoppositeselection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI; + } + if (TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) + { + /* TI1 Configuration */ + TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + /* TI2 Configuration */ + TI2_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } + else + { + /* TI2 Configuration */ + TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection, + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + /* TI1 Configuration */ + TI1_Config(TIMx, icoppositepolarity, icoppositeselection, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter); + /* Set the Input Capture Prescaler value */ + TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIMx, TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the: Break feature, dead time, Lock level, the OSSI, + * the OSSR State and the AOE(automatic output enable). + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM + * @param TIM_BDTRInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef structure that + * contains the BDTR Register configuration information for the TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_BDTRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef *TIM_BDTRInitStruct) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput)); + /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Ploarity, the OSSR State, + the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */ + TIMx->BDTR = (uint32_t)TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState | + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_DeadTime | + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break | TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity | + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct : pointer to a TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef + * structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_TimeBaseStructInit(TIM_TimeBaseInitTypeDef* TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Period = 0xFFFF; + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_Prescaler = 0x0000; + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_ClockDivision = TIM_CKD_DIV1; + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_CounterMode = TIM_CounterMode_Up; + TIM_TimeBaseInitStruct->TIM_RepetitionCounter = 0x0000; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_OCInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param TIM_OCInitStruct : pointer to a TIM_OCInitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OCStructInit(TIM_OCInitTypeDef* TIM_OCInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCMode = TIM_OCMode_Timing; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputState = TIM_OutputState_Disable; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OutputNState = TIM_OutputNState_Disable; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_Pulse = 0x0000; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNPolarity = TIM_OCPolarity_High; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCIdleState = TIM_OCIdleState_Reset; + TIM_OCInitStruct->TIM_OCNIdleState = TIM_OCNIdleState_Reset; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_ICInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param TIM_ICInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_ICInitTypeDef structure which will + * be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ICStructInit(TIM_ICInitTypeDef* TIM_ICInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_Channel = TIM_Channel_1; + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPolarity = TIM_ICPolarity_Rising; + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICSelection = TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI; + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICPrescaler = TIM_ICPSC_DIV1; + TIM_ICInitStruct->TIM_ICFilter = 0x00; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each TIM_BDTRInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param TIM_BDTRInitStruct: pointer to a TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef structure which + * will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_BDTRStructInit(TIM_BDTRInitTypeDef* TIM_BDTRInitStruct) +{ + /* Set the default configuration */ + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSRState = TIM_OSSRState_Disable; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_OSSIState = TIM_OSSIState_Disable; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_LOCKLevel = TIM_LOCKLevel_OFF; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_DeadTime = 0x00; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_Break = TIM_Break_Disable; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_BreakPolarity = TIM_BreakPolarity_Low; + TIM_BDTRInitStruct->TIM_AutomaticOutput = TIM_AutomaticOutput_Disable; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified TIM peripheral. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIMx peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_Cmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the TIM Counter */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_CEN; + } + else + { + /* Disable the TIM Counter */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_CEN)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM peripheral Main Outputs. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIMx peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIM peripheral Main Outputs. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CtrlPWMOutputs(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the TIM Main Output */ + TIMx->BDTR |= TIM_BDTR_MOE; + } + else + { + /* Disable the TIM Main Output */ + TIMx->BDTR &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_BDTR_MOE)); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified TIM interrupts. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIMx peripheral. + * @param TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source + * @note + * - TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update interrupt. + * - TIM9, TIM12 and TIM15 can have only TIM_IT_Update, TIM_IT_CC1, + * TIM_IT_CC2 or TIM_IT_Trigger. + * - TIM10, TIM11, TIM13, TIM14, TIM16 and TIM17 can have TIM_IT_Update or TIM_IT_CC1. + * - TIM_IT_Break is used only with TIM1, TIM8 and TIM15. + * - TIM_IT_COM is used only with TIM1, TIM8, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIM interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ITConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IT(TIM_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Interrupt sources */ + TIMx->DIER |= TIM_IT; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Interrupt sources */ + TIMx->DIER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_IT; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx event to be generate by software. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_EventSource: specifies the event source. + * This parameter can be one or more of the following values: + * @arg TIM_EventSource_Update: Timer update Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_COM: Timer COM event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_Trigger: Timer Trigger Event source + * @arg TIM_EventSource_Break: Timer Break event source + * @note + * - TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update event. + * - TIM_EventSource_COM and TIM_EventSource_Break are used only with TIM1 and TIM8. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EventSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(TIM_EventSource)); + + /* Set the event sources */ + TIMx->EGR = TIM_EventSource; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx's DMA interface. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select + * the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_DMABase: DMA Base address. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMABase_CR, TIM_DMABase_CR2, TIM_DMABase_SMCR, + * TIM_DMABase_DIER, TIM1_DMABase_SR, TIM_DMABase_EGR, + * TIM_DMABase_CCMR1, TIM_DMABase_CCMR2, TIM_DMABase_CCER, + * TIM_DMABase_CNT, TIM_DMABase_PSC, TIM_DMABase_ARR, + * TIM_DMABase_RCR, TIM_DMABase_CCR1, TIM_DMABase_CCR2, + * TIM_DMABase_CCR3, TIM_DMABase_CCR4, TIM_DMABase_BDTR, + * TIM_DMABase_DCR. + * @param TIM_DMABurstLength: DMA Burst length. + * This parameter can be one value between: + * TIM_DMABurstLength_1Transfer and TIM_DMABurstLength_18Transfers. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMAConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMABase, uint16_t TIM_DMABurstLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(TIM_DMABase)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(TIM_DMABurstLength)); + /* Set the DMA Base and the DMA Burst Length */ + TIMx->DCR = TIM_DMABase | TIM_DMABurstLength; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx's DMA Requests. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 15, 16 or 17 + * to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_DMASource: specifies the DMA Request sources. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg TIM_DMA_Update: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source + * @arg TIM_DMA_Trigger: TIM Trigger DMA source + * @param NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_DMACmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_DMASource, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST9_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(TIM_DMASource)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the DMA sources */ + TIMx->DIER |= TIM_DMASource; + } + else + { + /* Disable the DMA sources */ + TIMx->DIER &= (uint16_t)~TIM_DMASource; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx internal Clock + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 + * to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_InternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + /* Disable slave mode to clock the prescaler directly with the internal clock */ + TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_SMS)); +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Internal Trigger as External Clock + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ITRSource: Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @param TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0 + * @param TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1 + * @param TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2 + * @param TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3 + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ITRxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource)); + /* Select the Internal Trigger */ + TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_InputTriggerSource); + /* Select the External clock mode1 */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Trigger as External Clock + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource: Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1ED: TI1 Edge Detector + * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI1: Filtered Timer Input 1 + * @arg TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2: Filtered Timer Input 2 + * @param TIM_ICPolarity: specifies the TIx Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @param ICFilter : specifies the filter value. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x0 and 0xF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_TIxExternalClockConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource, + uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t ICFilter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TIXCLK_SOURCE(TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_ICPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(ICFilter)); + /* Configure the Timer Input Clock Source */ + if (TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource == TIM_TIxExternalCLK1Source_TI2) + { + TI2_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter); + } + else + { + TI1_Config(TIMx, TIM_ICPolarity, TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI, ICFilter); + } + /* Select the Trigger source */ + TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIMx, TIM_TIxExternalCLKSource); + /* Select the External clock mode1 */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External clock Mode1 + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active. + * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ETRClockMode1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, + uint16_t ExtTRGFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter)); + /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ + TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + /* Reset the SMS Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_SMS)); + /* Select the External clock mode1 */ + tmpsmcr |= TIM_SlaveMode_External1; + /* Select the Trigger selection : ETRF */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_TS)); + tmpsmcr |= TIM_TS_ETRF; + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the External clock Mode2 + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active. + * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ETRClockMode2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, + uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint16_t ExtTRGFilter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter)); + /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ + TIM_ETRConfig(TIMx, TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, ExtTRGFilter); + /* Enable the External clock mode2 */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR). + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_OFF: ETRP Prescaler OFF. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. + * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active. + * @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active. + * @param ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ETRConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, uint16_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, + uint16_t ExtTRGFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_PRESCALER(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_POLARITY(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_EXT_FILTER(ExtTRGFilter)); + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + /* Reset the ETR Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= SMCR_ETR_Mask; + /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */ + tmpsmcr |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (uint16_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (uint16_t)(ExtTRGFilter << (uint16_t)8))); + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Prescaler: specifies the Prescaler Register value + * @param TIM_PSCReloadMode: specifies the TIM Prescaler Reload mode + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_PSCReloadMode_Update: The Prescaler is loaded at the update event. + * @arg TIM_PSCReloadMode_Immediate: The Prescaler is loaded immediately. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_PrescalerConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Prescaler, uint16_t TIM_PSCReloadMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_PRESCALER_RELOAD(TIM_PSCReloadMode)); + /* Set the Prescaler value */ + TIMx->PSC = Prescaler; + /* Set or reset the UG Bit */ + TIMx->EGR = TIM_PSCReloadMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Specifies the TIMx Counter Mode to be used. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_CounterMode: specifies the Counter Mode to be used + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_Up: TIM Up Counting Mode + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_Down: TIM Down Counting Mode + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned1: TIM Center Aligned Mode1 + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned2: TIM Center Aligned Mode2 + * @arg TIM_CounterMode_CenterAligned3: TIM Center Aligned Mode3 + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CounterModeConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CounterMode) +{ + uint16_t tmpcr1 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(TIM_CounterMode)); + tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; + /* Reset the CMS and DIR Bits */ + tmpcr1 &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS))); + /* Set the Counter Mode */ + tmpcr1 |= TIM_CounterMode; + /* Write to TIMx CR1 register */ + TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_InputTriggerSource: The Input Trigger source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3 + * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector + * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1 + * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2 + * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectInputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_InputTriggerSource) +{ + uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(TIM_InputTriggerSource)); + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + /* Reset the TS Bits */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_TS)); + /* Set the Input Trigger source */ + tmpsmcr |= TIM_InputTriggerSource; + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Encoder Interface. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_EncoderMode: specifies the TIMx Encoder Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI1: Counter counts on TI1FP1 edge depending on TI2FP2 level. + * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI2: Counter counts on TI2FP2 edge depending on TI1FP1 level. + * @arg TIM_EncoderMode_TI12: Counter counts on both TI1FP1 and TI2FP2 edges depending + * on the level of the other input. + * @param TIM_IC1Polarity: specifies the IC1 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge. + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge. + * @param TIM_IC2Polarity: specifies the IC2 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling: IC Falling edge. + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising: IC Rising edge. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_EncoderInterfaceConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_EncoderMode, + uint16_t TIM_IC1Polarity, uint16_t TIM_IC2Polarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpsmcr = 0; + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(TIM_EncoderMode)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC1Polarity)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(TIM_IC2Polarity)); + + /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ + tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; + + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + + /* Set the encoder Mode */ + tmpsmcr &= (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_SMS)); + tmpsmcr |= TIM_EncoderMode; + + /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC1S)) & (uint16_t)(~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC2S))); + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0 | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S_0; + + /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1P)) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2P))); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_IC1Polarity | (uint16_t)(TIM_IC2Polarity << (uint16_t)4)); + + /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ + TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + /* Write to TIMx CCER */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 1 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC1REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC1REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC1Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + /* Reset the OC1M Bits */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1M); + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ForcedAction; + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 2 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC2REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC2REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC2Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + /* Reset the OC2M Bits */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2M); + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ForcedAction << 8); + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 3 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC3REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC3REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC3Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + /* Reset the OC1M Bits */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3M); + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ForcedAction; + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Forces the TIMx output 4 waveform to active or inactive level. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ForcedAction: specifies the forced Action to be set to the output waveform. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active: Force active level on OC4REF + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive: Force inactive level on OC4REF. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ForcedOC4Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ForcedAction) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_FORCED_ACTION(TIM_ForcedAction)); + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + /* Reset the OC2M Bits */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4M); + /* Configure The Forced output Mode */ + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ForcedAction << 8); + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables TIMx peripheral Preload register on ARR. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ARRPreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the ARR Preload Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_ARPE; + } + else + { + /* Reset the ARR Preload Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_ARPE); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIM peripheral Commutation event. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIMx peripheral + * @param NewState: new state of the Commutation event. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectCOM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the COM Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCUS; + } + else + { + /* Reset the COM Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_CCUS); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx peripheral Capture Compare DMA source. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select + * the TIM peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the Capture Compare DMA source + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectCCDMA(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST4_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the CCDS Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCDS; + } + else + { + /* Reset the CCDS Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_CCDS); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or Resets the TIM peripheral Capture Compare Preload Control bit. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8 or 15 + * to select the TIMx peripheral + * @param NewState: new state of the Capture Compare Preload Control bit + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CCPreloadControl(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST5_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the CCPC Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC; + } + else + { + /* Reset the CCPC Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_CCPC); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR1. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + /* Reset the OC1PE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE); + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCPreload; + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR2. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select + * the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + /* Reset the OC2PE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE); + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPreload << 8); + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR3. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + /* Reset the OC3PE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE); + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCPreload; + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx peripheral Preload register on CCR4. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPreload: new state of the TIMx peripheral Preload register + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Enable + * @arg TIM_OCPreload_Disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4PreloadConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPreload) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCPRELOAD_STATE(TIM_OCPreload)); + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + /* Reset the OC4PE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE); + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Preload feature */ + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPreload << 8); + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 1 Fast feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + /* Reset the OC1FE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE); + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCFast; + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 2 Fast feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select + * the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); + /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + /* Reset the OC2FE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE); + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCFast << 8); + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 3 Fast feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + /* Reset the OC3FE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE); + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCFast; + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Output Compare 4 Fast feature. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCFast: new state of the Output Compare Fast Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Enable: TIM output compare fast enable + * @arg TIM_OCFast_Disable: TIM output compare fast disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4FastConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCFast) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCFAST_STATE(TIM_OCFast)); + /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + /* Reset the OC4FE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE); + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Fast Bit */ + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCFast << 8); + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF1 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC1Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + + /* Reset the OC1CE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE); + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr1 |= TIM_OCClear; + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF2 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC2Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + /* Reset the OC2CE Bit */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE); + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCClear << 8); + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 register */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF3 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC3Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + /* Reset the OC3CE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE); + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr2 |= TIM_OCClear; + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears or safeguards the OCREF4 signal on an external event + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCClear: new state of the Output Compare Clear Enable Bit. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Enable: TIM Output clear enable + * @arg TIM_OCClear_Disable: TIM Output clear disable + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearOC4Ref(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCClear) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCCLEAR_STATE(TIM_OCClear)); + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + /* Reset the OC4CE Bit */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE); + /* Enable or Disable the Output Compare Clear Bit */ + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCClear << 8); + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 register */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 1 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC1 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Set or Reset the CC1P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1P); + tmpccer |= TIM_OCPolarity; + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 1N polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC1N Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC1NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Set or Reset the CC1NP Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1NP); + tmpccer |= TIM_OCNPolarity; + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 2 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC2 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Set or Reset the CC2P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2P); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 4); + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 2N polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC2N Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC2NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Set or Reset the CC2NP Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2NP); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCNPolarity << 4); + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 3 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC3 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Set or Reset the CC3P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3P); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 8); + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Channel 3N polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCNPolarity: specifies the OC3N Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCNPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC3NPolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCNPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST1_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(TIM_OCNPolarity)); + + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Set or Reset the CC3NP Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3NP); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCNPolarity << 8); + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx channel 4 polarity. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OCPolarity: specifies the OC4 Polarity + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_High: Output Compare active high + * @arg TIM_OCPolarity_Low: Output Compare active low + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_OC4PolarityConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OCPolarity) +{ + uint16_t tmpccer = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(TIM_OCPolarity)); + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Set or Reset the CC4P Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4P); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCPolarity << 12); + /* Write to TIMx CCER register */ + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @param TIM_CCx: specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state. + * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_Enable or TIM_CCx_Disable. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CCxCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCx) +{ + uint16_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX(TIM_CCx)); + + tmp = CCER_CCE_Set << TIM_Channel; + + /* Reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~ tmp; + + /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER |= (uint16_t)(TIM_CCx << TIM_Channel); +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel xN. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 8, 15, 16 or 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @param TIM_CCxN: specifies the TIM Channel CCxNE bit new state. + * This parameter can be: TIM_CCxN_Enable or TIM_CCxN_Disable. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_CCxNCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_CCxN) +{ + uint16_t tmp = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST2_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN(TIM_CCxN)); + + tmp = CCER_CCNE_Set << TIM_Channel; + + /* Reset the CCxNE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t) ~tmp; + + /* Set or reset the CCxNE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER |= (uint16_t)(TIM_CCxN << TIM_Channel); +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIM Output Compare Mode. + * @note This function disables the selected channel before changing the Output + * Compare Mode. + * User has to enable this channel using TIM_CCxCmd and TIM_CCxNCmd functions. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_Channel: specifies the TIM Channel + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1 + * @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2 + * @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3 + * @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4 + * @param TIM_OCMode: specifies the TIM Output Compare Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Timing + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Active + * @arg TIM_OCMode_Toggle + * @arg TIM_OCMode_PWM1 + * @arg TIM_OCMode_PWM2 + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_Active + * @arg TIM_ForcedAction_InActive + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectOCxM(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_Channel, uint16_t TIM_OCMode) +{ + uint32_t tmp = 0; + uint16_t tmp1 = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNEL(TIM_Channel)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OCM(TIM_OCMode)); + + tmp = (uint32_t) TIMx; + tmp += CCMR_Offset; + + tmp1 = CCER_CCE_Set << (uint16_t)TIM_Channel; + + /* Disable the Channel: Reset the CCxE Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t) ~tmp1; + + if((TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_1) ||(TIM_Channel == TIM_Channel_3)) + { + tmp += (TIM_Channel>>1); + + /* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC1M); + + /* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= TIM_OCMode; + } + else + { + tmp += (uint16_t)(TIM_Channel - (uint16_t)4)>> (uint16_t)1; + + /* Reset the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)TIM_CCMR1_OC2M); + + /* Configure the OCxM bits in the CCMRx register */ + *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= (uint16_t)(TIM_OCMode << 8); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or Disables the TIMx Update event. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx UDIS bit + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_UpdateDisableConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the Update Disable Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_UDIS; + } + else + { + /* Reset the Update Disable Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_UDIS); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the TIMx Update Request Interrupt source. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_UpdateSource: specifies the Update source. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_UpdateSource_Regular: Source of update is the counter overflow/underflow + or the setting of UG bit, or an update generation + through the slave mode controller. + * @arg TIM_UpdateSource_Global: Source of update is counter overflow/underflow. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_UpdateRequestConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_UpdateSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_UPDATE_SOURCE(TIM_UpdateSource)); + if (TIM_UpdateSource != TIM_UpdateSource_Global) + { + /* Set the URS Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CR1_URS; + } + else + { + /* Reset the URS Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_URS); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the TIMx's Hall sensor interface. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the TIMx Hall sensor interface. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectHallSensor(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Set the TI1S Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S; + } + else + { + /* Reset the TI1S Bit */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_TI1S); + } +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx's One Pulse Mode. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_OPMode: specifies the OPM Mode to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_OPMode_Single + * @arg TIM_OPMode_Repetitive + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectOnePulseMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_OPMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(TIM_OPMode)); + /* Reset the OPM Bit */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_OPM); + /* Configure the OPM Mode */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_OPMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx Trigger Output Mode. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_TRGOSource: specifies the Trigger Output source. + * This paramter can be one of the following values: + * + * - For all TIMx + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Reset: The UG bit in the TIM_EGR register is used as the trigger output (TRGO). + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Enable: The Counter Enable CEN is used as the trigger output (TRGO). + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_Update: The update event is selected as the trigger output (TRGO). + * + * - For all TIMx except TIM6 and TIM7 + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1: The trigger output sends a positive pulse when the CC1IF flag + * is to be set, as soon as a capture or compare match occurs (TRGO). + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC1Ref: OC1REF signal is used as the trigger output (TRGO). + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC2Ref: OC2REF signal is used as the trigger output (TRGO). + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC3Ref: OC3REF signal is used as the trigger output (TRGO). + * @arg TIM_TRGOSource_OC4Ref: OC4REF signal is used as the trigger output (TRGO). + * + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectOutputTrigger(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_TRGOSource) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST7_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(TIM_TRGOSource)); + /* Reset the MMS Bits */ + TIMx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR2_MMS); + /* Select the TRGO source */ + TIMx->CR2 |= TIM_TRGOSource; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the TIMx Slave Mode. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_SlaveMode: specifies the Timer Slave Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Reset: Rising edge of the selected trigger signal (TRGI) re-initializes + * the counter and triggers an update of the registers. + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Gated: The counter clock is enabled when the trigger signal (TRGI) is high. + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_Trigger: The counter starts at a rising edge of the trigger TRGI. + * @arg TIM_SlaveMode_External1: Rising edges of the selected trigger (TRGI) clock the counter. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_SlaveMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(TIM_SlaveMode)); + /* Reset the SMS Bits */ + TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_SMS); + /* Select the Slave Mode */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_SlaveMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets or Resets the TIMx Master/Slave Mode. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_MasterSlaveMode: specifies the Timer Master Slave Mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Enable: synchronization between the current timer + * and its slaves (through TRGO). + * @arg TIM_MasterSlaveMode_Disable: No action + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SelectMasterSlaveMode(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_MasterSlaveMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(TIM_MasterSlaveMode)); + /* Reset the MSM Bit */ + TIMx->SMCR &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_SMCR_MSM); + + /* Set or Reset the MSM Bit */ + TIMx->SMCR |= TIM_MasterSlaveMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Counter Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Counter: specifies the Counter register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Counter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + /* Set the Counter Register value */ + TIMx->CNT = Counter; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Autoreload Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Autoreload: specifies the Autoreload register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetAutoreload(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Autoreload) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + /* Set the Autoreload Register value */ + TIMx->ARR = Autoreload; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare1 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Compare1: specifies the Capture Compare1 register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCompare1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Compare1) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx)); + /* Set the Capture Compare1 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR1 = Compare1; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare2 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Compare2: specifies the Capture Compare2 register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCompare2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Compare2) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + /* Set the Capture Compare2 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR2 = Compare2; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare3 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Compare3: specifies the Capture Compare3 register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCompare3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Compare3) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + /* Set the Capture Compare3 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR3 = Compare3; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Capture Compare4 Register value + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param Compare4: specifies the Capture Compare4 register new value. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetCompare4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t Compare4) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + /* Set the Capture Compare4 Register value */ + TIMx->CCR4 = Compare4; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 1 prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture1 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetIC1Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); + /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ + TIMx->CCMR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC); + /* Set the IC1PSC value */ + TIMx->CCMR1 |= TIM_ICPSC; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 2 prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture2 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetIC2Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); + /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ + TIMx->CCMR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC); + /* Set the IC2PSC value */ + TIMx->CCMR1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPSC << 8); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 3 prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture3 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetIC3Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); + /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */ + TIMx->CCMR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC); + /* Set the IC3PSC value */ + TIMx->CCMR2 |= TIM_ICPSC; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Input Capture 4 prescaler. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPSC: specifies the Input Capture4 prescaler new value. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV1: no prescaler + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV2: capture is done once every 2 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV4: capture is done once every 4 events + * @arg TIM_ICPSC_DIV8: capture is done once every 8 events + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetIC4Prescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPSC) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(TIM_ICPSC)); + /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */ + TIMx->CCMR2 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC); + /* Set the IC4PSC value */ + TIMx->CCMR2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPSC << 8); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the TIMx Clock Division value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select + * the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_CKD: specifies the clock division value. + * This parameter can be one of the following value: + * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV1: TDTS = Tck_tim + * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV2: TDTS = 2*Tck_tim + * @arg TIM_CKD_DIV4: TDTS = 4*Tck_tim + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_SetClockDivision(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_CKD) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CKD_DIV(TIM_CKD)); + /* Reset the CKD Bits */ + TIMx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CR1_CKD); + /* Set the CKD value */ + TIMx->CR1 |= TIM_CKD; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 1 value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Capture Compare 1 Register value. + */ +uint16_t TIM_GetCapture1(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST8_PERIPH(TIMx)); + /* Get the Capture 1 Register value */ + return TIMx->CCR1; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 2 value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Capture Compare 2 Register value. + */ +uint16_t TIM_GetCapture2(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST6_PERIPH(TIMx)); + /* Get the Capture 2 Register value */ + return TIMx->CCR2; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 3 value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Capture Compare 3 Register value. + */ +uint16_t TIM_GetCapture3(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + /* Get the Capture 3 Register value */ + return TIMx->CCR3; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Input Capture 4 value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Capture Compare 4 Register value. + */ +uint16_t TIM_GetCapture4(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_LIST3_PERIPH(TIMx)); + /* Get the Capture 4 Register value */ + return TIMx->CCR4; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Counter value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Counter Register value. + */ +uint16_t TIM_GetCounter(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + /* Get the Counter Register value */ + return TIMx->CNT; +} + +/** + * @brief Gets the TIMx Prescaler value. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @retval Prescaler Register value. + */ +uint16_t TIM_GetPrescaler(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + /* Get the Prescaler Register value */ + return TIMx->PSC; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified TIM flag is set or not. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_COM: TIM Commutation Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Break: TIM Break Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 overcapture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 overcapture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 overcapture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 overcapture Flag + * @note + * - TIM6 and TIM7 can have only one update flag. + * - TIM9, TIM12 and TIM15 can have only TIM_FLAG_Update, TIM_FLAG_CC1, + * TIM_FLAG_CC2 or TIM_FLAG_Trigger. + * - TIM10, TIM11, TIM13, TIM14, TIM16 and TIM17 can have TIM_FLAG_Update or TIM_FLAG_CC1. + * - TIM_FLAG_Break is used only with TIM1, TIM8 and TIM15. + * - TIM_FLAG_COM is used only with TIM1, TIM8, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17. + * @retval The new state of TIM_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus TIM_GetFlagStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_FLAG(TIM_FLAG)); + + if ((TIMx->SR & TIM_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the TIMx's pending flags. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_FLAG: specifies the flag bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Update: TIM update Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_COM: TIM Commutation Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Trigger: TIM Trigger Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_Break: TIM Break Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC1OF: TIM Capture Compare 1 overcapture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC2OF: TIM Capture Compare 2 overcapture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC3OF: TIM Capture Compare 3 overcapture Flag + * @arg TIM_FLAG_CC4OF: TIM Capture Compare 4 overcapture Flag + * @note + * - TIM6 and TIM7 can have only one update flag. + * - TIM9, TIM12 and TIM15 can have only TIM_FLAG_Update, TIM_FLAG_CC1, + * TIM_FLAG_CC2 or TIM_FLAG_Trigger. + * - TIM10, TIM11, TIM13, TIM14, TIM16 and TIM17 can have TIM_FLAG_Update or TIM_FLAG_CC1. + * - TIM_FLAG_Break is used only with TIM1, TIM8 and TIM15. + * - TIM_FLAG_COM is used only with TIM1, TIM8, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearFlag(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEAR_FLAG(TIM_FLAG)); + + /* Clear the flags */ + TIMx->SR = (uint16_t)~TIM_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the TIM interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_IT: specifies the TIM interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source + * @note + * - TIM6 and TIM7 can generate only an update interrupt. + * - TIM9, TIM12 and TIM15 can have only TIM_IT_Update, TIM_IT_CC1, + * TIM_IT_CC2 or TIM_IT_Trigger. + * - TIM10, TIM11, TIM13, TIM14, TIM16 and TIM17 can have TIM_IT_Update or TIM_IT_CC1. + * - TIM_IT_Break is used only with TIM1, TIM8 and TIM15. + * - TIM_IT_COM is used only with TIM1, TIM8, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17. + * @retval The new state of the TIM_IT(SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus TIM_GetITStatus(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT) +{ + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + uint16_t itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_GET_IT(TIM_IT)); + + itstatus = TIMx->SR & TIM_IT; + + itenable = TIMx->DIER & TIM_IT; + if ((itstatus != (uint16_t)RESET) && (itenable != (uint16_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the TIMx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_IT: specifies the pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg TIM_IT_Update: TIM1 update Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_COM: TIM Commutation Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Trigger: TIM Trigger Interrupt source + * @arg TIM_IT_Break: TIM Break Interrupt source + * @note + * - TIM6 and TIM7 can generate only an update interrupt. + * - TIM9, TIM12 and TIM15 can have only TIM_IT_Update, TIM_IT_CC1, + * TIM_IT_CC2 or TIM_IT_Trigger. + * - TIM10, TIM11, TIM13, TIM14, TIM16 and TIM17 can have TIM_IT_Update or TIM_IT_CC1. + * - TIM_IT_Break is used only with TIM1, TIM8 and TIM15. + * - TIM_IT_COM is used only with TIM1, TIM8, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17. + * @retval None + */ +void TIM_ClearITPendingBit(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_IT) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_TIM_ALL_PERIPH(TIMx)); + assert_param(IS_TIM_IT(TIM_IT)); + /* Clear the IT pending Bit */ + TIMx->SR = (uint16_t)~TIM_IT; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1 to 17 except 6 and 7 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TI1_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0; + /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E); + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + /* Select the Input and set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC1S)) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_IC1F))); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection | (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << (uint16_t)4)); + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8) || (TIMx == TIM2) || (TIMx == TIM3) || + (TIMx == TIM4) ||(TIMx == TIM5)) + { + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC1P)); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E); + } + else + { + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP)); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC1E); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 12 or 15 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TI2_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr1 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0; + /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E); + tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 4); + /* Select the Input and set the filter */ + tmpccmr1 &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_CC2S)) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR1_IC2F))); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << 12); + tmpccmr1 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection << 8); + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8) || (TIMx == TIM2) || (TIMx == TIM3) || + (TIMx == TIM4) ||(TIMx == TIM5)) + { + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC2P)); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E); + } + else + { + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP)); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC2E); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TI3_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0; + /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E); + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 8); + /* Select the Input and set the filter */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)(((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_CC3S)) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_IC3F))); + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection | (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << (uint16_t)4)); + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8) || (TIMx == TIM2) || (TIMx == TIM3) || + (TIMx == TIM4) ||(TIMx == TIM5)) + { + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC3P)); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E); + } + else + { + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP)); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC3E); + } + + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input. + * @param TIMx: where x can be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 8 to select the TIM peripheral. + * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising + * @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling + * @param TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3. + * @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. + * @param TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter. + * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. + * @retval None + */ +static void TI4_Config(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint16_t TIM_ICSelection, + uint16_t TIM_ICFilter) +{ + uint16_t tmpccmr2 = 0, tmpccer = 0, tmp = 0; + + /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ + TIMx->CCER &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E); + tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; + tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; + tmp = (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity << 12); + /* Select the Input and set the filter */ + tmpccmr2 &= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)(~(uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) & ((uint16_t)~((uint16_t)TIM_CCMR2_IC4F))); + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICSelection << 8); + tmpccmr2 |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICFilter << 12); + + if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8) || (TIMx == TIM2) || (TIMx == TIM3) || + (TIMx == TIM4) ||(TIMx == TIM5)) + { + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC4P)); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(tmp | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E); + } + else + { + /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */ + tmpccer &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP)); + tmpccer |= (uint16_t)(TIM_ICPolarity | (uint16_t)TIM_CCER_CC4E); + } + /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ + TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; + TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_usart.c b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_usart.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e794eae --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_usart.c @@ -0,0 +1,1058 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f10x_usart.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V3.5.0 + * @date 11-March-2011 + * @brief This file provides all the USART firmware functions. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f10x_usart.h" +#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USART + * @brief USART driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Private_TypesDefinitions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Private_Defines + * @{ + */ + +#define CR1_UE_Set ((uint16_t)0x2000) /*!< USART Enable Mask */ +#define CR1_UE_Reset ((uint16_t)0xDFFF) /*!< USART Disable Mask */ + +#define CR1_WAKE_Mask ((uint16_t)0xF7FF) /*!< USART WakeUp Method Mask */ + +#define CR1_RWU_Set ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< USART mute mode Enable Mask */ +#define CR1_RWU_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFFD) /*!< USART mute mode Enable Mask */ +#define CR1_SBK_Set ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< USART Break Character send Mask */ +#define CR1_CLEAR_Mask ((uint16_t)0xE9F3) /*!< USART CR1 Mask */ +#define CR2_Address_Mask ((uint16_t)0xFFF0) /*!< USART address Mask */ + +#define CR2_LINEN_Set ((uint16_t)0x4000) /*!< USART LIN Enable Mask */ +#define CR2_LINEN_Reset ((uint16_t)0xBFFF) /*!< USART LIN Disable Mask */ + +#define CR2_LBDL_Mask ((uint16_t)0xFFDF) /*!< USART LIN Break detection Mask */ +#define CR2_STOP_CLEAR_Mask ((uint16_t)0xCFFF) /*!< USART CR2 STOP Bits Mask */ +#define CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_Mask ((uint16_t)0xF0FF) /*!< USART CR2 Clock Mask */ + +#define CR3_SCEN_Set ((uint16_t)0x0020) /*!< USART SC Enable Mask */ +#define CR3_SCEN_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFDF) /*!< USART SC Disable Mask */ + +#define CR3_NACK_Set ((uint16_t)0x0010) /*!< USART SC NACK Enable Mask */ +#define CR3_NACK_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFEF) /*!< USART SC NACK Disable Mask */ + +#define CR3_HDSEL_Set ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< USART Half-Duplex Enable Mask */ +#define CR3_HDSEL_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFF7) /*!< USART Half-Duplex Disable Mask */ + +#define CR3_IRLP_Mask ((uint16_t)0xFFFB) /*!< USART IrDA LowPower mode Mask */ +#define CR3_CLEAR_Mask ((uint16_t)0xFCFF) /*!< USART CR3 Mask */ + +#define CR3_IREN_Set ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< USART IrDA Enable Mask */ +#define CR3_IREN_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFFD) /*!< USART IrDA Disable Mask */ +#define GTPR_LSB_Mask ((uint16_t)0x00FF) /*!< Guard Time Register LSB Mask */ +#define GTPR_MSB_Mask ((uint16_t)0xFF00) /*!< Guard Time Register MSB Mask */ +#define IT_Mask ((uint16_t)0x001F) /*!< USART Interrupt Mask */ + +/* USART OverSampling-8 Mask */ +#define CR1_OVER8_Set ((u16)0x8000) /* USART OVER8 mode Enable Mask */ +#define CR1_OVER8_Reset ((u16)0x7FFF) /* USART OVER8 mode Disable Mask */ + +/* USART One Bit Sampling Mask */ +#define CR3_ONEBITE_Set ((u16)0x0800) /* USART ONEBITE mode Enable Mask */ +#define CR3_ONEBITE_Reset ((u16)0xF7FF) /* USART ONEBITE mode Disable Mask */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Private_FunctionPrototypes + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup USART_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the USARTx peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + if (USARTx == USART1) + { + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, ENABLE); + RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, DISABLE); + } + else if (USARTx == USART2) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, DISABLE); + } + else if (USARTx == USART3) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, DISABLE); + } + else if (USARTx == UART4) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, DISABLE); + } + else + { + if (USARTx == UART5) + { + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, DISABLE); + } + } +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the USARTx peripheral according to the specified + * parameters in the USART_InitStruct . + * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure + * that contains the configuration information for the specified USART + * peripheral. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00, apbclock = 0x00; + uint32_t integerdivider = 0x00; + uint32_t fractionaldivider = 0x00; + uint32_t usartxbase = 0; + RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_ClocksStatus; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_BAUDRATE(USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)); + assert_param(IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength)); + assert_param(IS_USART_STOPBITS(USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits)); + assert_param(IS_USART_PARITY(USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity)); + assert_param(IS_USART_MODE(USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode)); + assert_param(IS_USART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl)); + /* The hardware flow control is available only for USART1, USART2 and USART3 */ + if (USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl != USART_HardwareFlowControl_None) + { + assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); + } + + usartxbase = (uint32_t)USARTx; + +/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR2; + /* Clear STOP[13:12] bits */ + tmpreg &= CR2_STOP_CLEAR_Mask; + /* Configure the USART Stop Bits, Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit ------------*/ + /* Set STOP[13:12] bits according to USART_StopBits value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits; + + /* Write to USART CR2 */ + USARTx->CR2 = (uint16_t)tmpreg; + +/*---------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR1; + /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */ + tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_Mask; + /* Configure the USART Word Length, Parity and mode ----------------------- */ + /* Set the M bits according to USART_WordLength value */ + /* Set PCE and PS bits according to USART_Parity value */ + /* Set TE and RE bits according to USART_Mode value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength | USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity | + USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode; + /* Write to USART CR1 */ + USARTx->CR1 = (uint16_t)tmpreg; + +/*---------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR3; + /* Clear CTSE and RTSE bits */ + tmpreg &= CR3_CLEAR_Mask; + /* Configure the USART HFC -------------------------------------------------*/ + /* Set CTSE and RTSE bits according to USART_HardwareFlowControl value */ + tmpreg |= USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl; + /* Write to USART CR3 */ + USARTx->CR3 = (uint16_t)tmpreg; + +/*---------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/ + /* Configure the USART Baud Rate -------------------------------------------*/ + RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_ClocksStatus); + if (usartxbase == USART1_BASE) + { + apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.PCLK2_Frequency; + } + else + { + apbclock = RCC_ClocksStatus.PCLK1_Frequency; + } + + /* Determine the integer part */ + if ((USARTx->CR1 & CR1_OVER8_Set) != 0) + { + /* Integer part computing in case Oversampling mode is 8 Samples */ + integerdivider = ((25 * apbclock) / (2 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate))); + } + else /* if ((USARTx->CR1 & CR1_OVER8_Set) == 0) */ + { + /* Integer part computing in case Oversampling mode is 16 Samples */ + integerdivider = ((25 * apbclock) / (4 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate))); + } + tmpreg = (integerdivider / 100) << 4; + + /* Determine the fractional part */ + fractionaldivider = integerdivider - (100 * (tmpreg >> 4)); + + /* Implement the fractional part in the register */ + if ((USARTx->CR1 & CR1_OVER8_Set) != 0) + { + tmpreg |= ((((fractionaldivider * 8) + 50) / 100)) & ((uint8_t)0x07); + } + else /* if ((USARTx->CR1 & CR1_OVER8_Set) == 0) */ + { + tmpreg |= ((((fractionaldivider * 16) + 50) / 100)) & ((uint8_t)0x0F); + } + + /* Write to USART BRR */ + USARTx->BRR = (uint16_t)tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each USART_InitStruct member with its default value. + * @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a USART_InitTypeDef structure + * which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct) +{ + /* USART_InitStruct members default value */ + USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate = 9600; + USART_InitStruct->USART_WordLength = USART_WordLength_8b; + USART_InitStruct->USART_StopBits = USART_StopBits_1; + USART_InitStruct->USART_Parity = USART_Parity_No ; + USART_InitStruct->USART_Mode = USART_Mode_Rx | USART_Mode_Tx; + USART_InitStruct->USART_HardwareFlowControl = USART_HardwareFlowControl_None; +} + +/** + * @brief Initializes the USARTx peripheral Clock according to the + * specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct . + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2, 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef + * structure that contains the configuration information for the specified + * USART peripheral. + * @note The Smart Card and Synchronous modes are not available for UART4 and UART5. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CLOCK(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CPOL(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CPHA(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA)); + assert_param(IS_USART_LASTBIT(USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit)); + +/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/ + tmpreg = USARTx->CR2; + /* Clear CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA and LBCL bits */ + tmpreg &= CR2_CLOCK_CLEAR_Mask; + /* Configure the USART Clock, CPOL, CPHA and LastBit ------------*/ + /* Set CLKEN bit according to USART_Clock value */ + /* Set CPOL bit according to USART_CPOL value */ + /* Set CPHA bit according to USART_CPHA value */ + /* Set LBCL bit according to USART_LastBit value */ + tmpreg |= (uint32_t)USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL | + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA | USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit; + /* Write to USART CR2 */ + USARTx->CR2 = (uint16_t)tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Fills each USART_ClockInitStruct member with its default value. + * @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a USART_ClockInitTypeDef + * structure which will be initialized. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct) +{ + /* USART_ClockInitStruct members default value */ + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_Clock = USART_Clock_Disable; + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPOL = USART_CPOL_Low; + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_CPHA = USART_CPHA_1Edge; + USART_ClockInitStruct->USART_LastBit = USART_LastBit_Disable; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART peripheral. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USARTx peripheral. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the selected USART by setting the UE bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= CR1_UE_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the selected USART by clearing the UE bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= CR1_UE_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the specified USART interrupts. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt (not available for UART4 and UART5) + * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_TXE: Transmit Data Register empty interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_ERR: Error interrupt(Frame error, noise error, overrun error) + * @param NewState: new state of the specified USARTx interrupts. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + uint32_t usartreg = 0x00, itpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00; + uint32_t usartxbase = 0x00; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CONFIG_IT(USART_IT)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + /* The CTS interrupt is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ + if (USART_IT == USART_IT_CTS) + { + assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); + } + + usartxbase = (uint32_t)USARTx; + + /* Get the USART register index */ + usartreg = (((uint8_t)USART_IT) >> 0x05); + + /* Get the interrupt position */ + itpos = USART_IT & IT_Mask; + itmask = (((uint32_t)0x01) << itpos); + + if (usartreg == 0x01) /* The IT is in CR1 register */ + { + usartxbase += 0x0C; + } + else if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */ + { + usartxbase += 0x10; + } + else /* The IT is in CR3 register */ + { + usartxbase += 0x14; + } + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + *(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase |= itmask; + } + else + { + *(__IO uint32_t*)usartxbase &= ~itmask; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART’s DMA interface. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_DMAReq: specifies the DMA request. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_DMAReq_Tx: USART DMA transmit request + * @arg USART_DMAReq_Rx: USART DMA receive request + * @param NewState: new state of the DMA Request sources. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note The DMA mode is not available for UART5 except in the STM32 + * High density value line devices(STM32F10X_HD_VL). + * @retval None + */ +void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DMAREQ(USART_DMAReq)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the DMA transfer for selected requests by setting the DMAT and/or + DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_DMAReq; + } + else + { + /* Disable the DMA transfer for selected requests by clearing the DMAT and/or + DMAR bits in the USART CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~USART_DMAReq; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the address of the USART node. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_Address: Indicates the address of the USART node. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_ADDRESS(USART_Address)); + + /* Clear the USART address */ + USARTx->CR2 &= CR2_Address_Mask; + /* Set the USART address node */ + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_Address; +} + +/** + * @brief Selects the USART WakeUp method. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_WakeUp: specifies the USART wakeup method. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_WakeUp_IdleLine: WakeUp by an idle line detection + * @arg USART_WakeUp_AddressMark: WakeUp by an address mark + * @retval None + */ +void USART_WakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_WakeUp) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_WAKEUP(USART_WakeUp)); + + USARTx->CR1 &= CR1_WAKE_Mask; + USARTx->CR1 |= USART_WakeUp; +} + +/** + * @brief Determines if the USART is in mute mode or not. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART mute mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the USART mute mode by setting the RWU bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= CR1_RWU_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the USART mute mode by clearing the RWU bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= CR1_RWU_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the USART LIN Break detection length. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_LINBreakDetectLength: specifies the LIN break detection length. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b: 10-bit break detection + * @arg USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b: 11-bit break detection + * @retval None + */ +void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(USART_LINBreakDetectLength)); + + USARTx->CR2 &= CR2_LBDL_Mask; + USARTx->CR2 |= USART_LINBreakDetectLength; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART’s LIN mode. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART LIN mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 |= CR2_LINEN_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the LIN mode by clearing the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */ + USARTx->CR2 &= CR2_LINEN_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits single data through the USARTx peripheral. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. + * @param Data: the data to transmit. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_DATA(Data)); + + /* Transmit Data */ + USARTx->DR = (Data & (uint16_t)0x01FF); +} + +/** + * @brief Returns the most recent received data by the USARTx peripheral. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. + * @retval The received data. + */ +uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Receive Data */ + return (uint16_t)(USARTx->DR & (uint16_t)0x01FF); +} + +/** + * @brief Transmits break characters. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SendBreak(USART_TypeDef* USARTx) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Send break characters */ + USARTx->CR1 |= CR1_SBK_Set; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the specified USART guard time. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param USART_GuardTime: specifies the guard time. + * @note The guard time bits are not available for UART4 and UART5. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Clear the USART Guard time */ + USARTx->GTPR &= GTPR_LSB_Mask; + /* Set the USART guard time */ + USARTx->GTPR |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)USART_GuardTime << 0x08); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the system clock prescaler. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_Prescaler: specifies the prescaler clock. + * @note The function is used for IrDA mode with UART4 and UART5. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + + /* Clear the USART prescaler */ + USARTx->GTPR &= GTPR_MSB_Mask; + /* Set the USART prescaler */ + USARTx->GTPR |= USART_Prescaler; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART’s Smart Card mode. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the Smart Card mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note The Smart Card mode is not available for UART4 and UART5. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the SC mode by setting the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= CR3_SCEN_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the SC mode by clearing the SCEN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= CR3_SCEN_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables NACK transmission. + * @param USARTx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the USART peripheral. + * @param NewState: new state of the NACK transmission. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note The Smart Card mode is not available for UART4 and UART5. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the NACK transmission by setting the NACK bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= CR3_NACK_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the NACK transmission by clearing the NACK bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= CR3_NACK_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART’s Half Duplex communication. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART Communication. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= CR3_HDSEL_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the Half-Duplex mode by clearing the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= CR3_HDSEL_Reset; + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's 8x oversampling mode. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART one bit sampling method. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @note + * This function has to be called before calling USART_Init() + * function in order to have correct baudrate Divider value. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the 8x Oversampling mode by setting the OVER8 bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 |= CR1_OVER8_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the 8x Oversampling mode by clearing the OVER8 bit in the CR1 register */ + USARTx->CR1 &= CR1_OVER8_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's one bit sampling method. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the USART one bit sampling method. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the one bit method by setting the ONEBITE bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= CR3_ONEBITE_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable tthe one bit method by clearing the ONEBITE bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= CR3_ONEBITE_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Configures the USART's IrDA interface. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_IrDAMode: specifies the IrDA mode. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IrDAMode_LowPower + * @arg USART_IrDAMode_Normal + * @retval None + */ +void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IrDAMode) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_IRDA_MODE(USART_IrDAMode)); + + USARTx->CR3 &= CR3_IRLP_Mask; + USARTx->CR3 |= USART_IrDAMode; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables or disables the USART's IrDA interface. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. + * @param NewState: new state of the IrDA mode. + * This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE. + * @retval None + */ +void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState)); + + if (NewState != DISABLE) + { + /* Enable the IrDA mode by setting the IREN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 |= CR3_IREN_Set; + } + else + { + /* Disable the IrDA mode by clearing the IREN bit in the CR3 register */ + USARTx->CR3 &= CR3_IREN_Reset; + } +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified USART flag is set or not. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag (not available for UART4 and UART5) + * @arg USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_TXE: Transmit data register empty flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_IDLE: Idle Line detection flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_ORE: OverRun Error flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_NE: Noise Error flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_FE: Framing Error flag + * @arg USART_FLAG_PE: Parity Error flag + * @retval The new state of USART_FLAG (SET or RESET). + */ +FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG) +{ + FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_FLAG(USART_FLAG)); + /* The CTS flag is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ + if (USART_FLAG == USART_FLAG_CTS) + { + assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); + } + + if ((USARTx->SR & USART_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the USARTx's pending flags. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear. + * This parameter can be any combination of the following values: + * @arg USART_FLAG_CTS: CTS Change flag (not available for UART4 and UART5). + * @arg USART_FLAG_LBD: LIN Break detection flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_TC: Transmission Complete flag. + * @arg USART_FLAG_RXNE: Receive data register not empty flag. + * + * @note + * - PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error), ORE (OverRun + * error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) flags are cleared by software + * sequence: a read operation to USART_SR register (USART_GetFlagStatus()) + * followed by a read operation to USART_DR register (USART_ReceiveData()). + * - RXNE flag can be also cleared by a read to the USART_DR register + * (USART_ReceiveData()). + * - TC flag can be also cleared by software sequence: a read operation to + * USART_SR register (USART_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a write operation + * to USART_DR register (USART_SendData()). + * - TXE flag is cleared only by a write to the USART_DR register + * (USART_SendData()). + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(USART_FLAG)); + /* The CTS flag is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ + if ((USART_FLAG & USART_FLAG_CTS) == USART_FLAG_CTS) + { + assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); + } + + USARTx->SR = (uint16_t)~USART_FLAG; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the specified USART interrupt has occurred or not. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_IT: specifies the USART interrupt source to check. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt (not available for UART4 and UART5) + * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_TXE: Tansmit Data Register empty interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_IDLE: Idle line detection interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_ORE: OverRun Error interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_NE: Noise Error interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_FE: Framing Error interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_PE: Parity Error interrupt + * @retval The new state of USART_IT (SET or RESET). + */ +ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT) +{ + uint32_t bitpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00, usartreg = 0x00; + ITStatus bitstatus = RESET; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_GET_IT(USART_IT)); + /* The CTS interrupt is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ + if (USART_IT == USART_IT_CTS) + { + assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); + } + + /* Get the USART register index */ + usartreg = (((uint8_t)USART_IT) >> 0x05); + /* Get the interrupt position */ + itmask = USART_IT & IT_Mask; + itmask = (uint32_t)0x01 << itmask; + + if (usartreg == 0x01) /* The IT is in CR1 register */ + { + itmask &= USARTx->CR1; + } + else if (usartreg == 0x02) /* The IT is in CR2 register */ + { + itmask &= USARTx->CR2; + } + else /* The IT is in CR3 register */ + { + itmask &= USARTx->CR3; + } + + bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x08; + bitpos = (uint32_t)0x01 << bitpos; + bitpos &= USARTx->SR; + if ((itmask != (uint16_t)RESET)&&(bitpos != (uint16_t)RESET)) + { + bitstatus = SET; + } + else + { + bitstatus = RESET; + } + + return bitstatus; +} + +/** + * @brief Clears the USARTx's interrupt pending bits. + * @param USARTx: Select the USART or the UART peripheral. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * USART1, USART2, USART3, UART4 or UART5. + * @param USART_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg USART_IT_CTS: CTS change interrupt (not available for UART4 and UART5) + * @arg USART_IT_LBD: LIN Break detection interrupt + * @arg USART_IT_TC: Transmission complete interrupt. + * @arg USART_IT_RXNE: Receive Data register not empty interrupt. + * + * @note + * - PE (Parity error), FE (Framing error), NE (Noise error), ORE (OverRun + * error) and IDLE (Idle line detected) pending bits are cleared by + * software sequence: a read operation to USART_SR register + * (USART_GetITStatus()) followed by a read operation to USART_DR register + * (USART_ReceiveData()). + * - RXNE pending bit can be also cleared by a read to the USART_DR register + * (USART_ReceiveData()). + * - TC pending bit can be also cleared by software sequence: a read + * operation to USART_SR register (USART_GetITStatus()) followed by a write + * operation to USART_DR register (USART_SendData()). + * - TXE pending bit is cleared only by a write to the USART_DR register + * (USART_SendData()). + * @retval None + */ +void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT) +{ + uint16_t bitpos = 0x00, itmask = 0x00; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(USARTx)); + assert_param(IS_USART_CLEAR_IT(USART_IT)); + /* The CTS interrupt is not available for UART4 and UART5 */ + if (USART_IT == USART_IT_CTS) + { + assert_param(IS_USART_123_PERIPH(USARTx)); + } + + bitpos = USART_IT >> 0x08; + itmask = ((uint16_t)0x01 << (uint16_t)bitpos); + USARTx->SR = (uint16_t)~itmask; +} +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ diff --git a/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_wwdg.c b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_wwdg.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a901e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/thirdparty/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Lib_V3.5.0/Libraries/STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver/src/stm32f10x_wwdg.c @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ +/** + ****************************************************************************** + * @file stm32f10x_wwdg.c + * @author MCD Application Team + * @version V3.5.0 + * @date 11-March-2011 + * @brief This file provides all the WWDG firmware functions. + ****************************************************************************** + * @attention + * + * THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS + * WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE + * TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY + * DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING + * FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE + * CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS. + * + * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> + ****************************************************************************** + */ + +/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +#include "stm32f10x_wwdg.h" +#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h" + +/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG + * @brief WWDG driver modules + * @{ + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_TypesDefinitions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_Defines + * @{ + */ + +/* ----------- WWDG registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */ +#define WWDG_OFFSET (WWDG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE) + +/* Alias word address of EWI bit */ +#define CFR_OFFSET (WWDG_OFFSET + 0x04) +#define EWI_BitNumber 0x09 +#define CFR_EWI_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFR_OFFSET * 32) + (EWI_BitNumber * 4)) + +/* --------------------- WWDG registers bit mask ------------------------ */ + +/* CR register bit mask */ +#define CR_WDGA_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000080) + +/* CFR register bit mask */ +#define CFR_WDGTB_Mask ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFE7F) +#define CFR_W_Mask ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF80) +#define BIT_Mask ((uint8_t)0x7F) + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_Macros + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_Variables + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_FunctionPrototypes + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_Functions + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Deinitializes the WWDG peripheral registers to their default reset values. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_DeInit(void) +{ + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, ENABLE); + RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, DISABLE); +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the WWDG Prescaler. + * @param WWDG_Prescaler: specifies the WWDG Prescaler. + * This parameter can be one of the following values: + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_1: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/1 + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_2: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/2 + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_4: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/4 + * @arg WWDG_Prescaler_8: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/8 + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_SetPrescaler(uint32_t WWDG_Prescaler) +{ + uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(WWDG_Prescaler)); + /* Clear WDGTB[1:0] bits */ + tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_WDGTB_Mask; + /* Set WDGTB[1:0] bits according to WWDG_Prescaler value */ + tmpreg |= WWDG_Prescaler; + /* Store the new value */ + WWDG->CFR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the WWDG window value. + * @param WindowValue: specifies the window value to be compared to the downcounter. + * This parameter value must be lower than 0x80. + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue) +{ + __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0; + + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(WindowValue)); + /* Clear W[6:0] bits */ + + tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_W_Mask; + + /* Set W[6:0] bits according to WindowValue value */ + tmpreg |= WindowValue & (uint32_t) BIT_Mask; + + /* Store the new value */ + WWDG->CFR = tmpreg; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables the WWDG Early Wakeup interrupt(EWI). + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_EnableIT(void) +{ + *(__IO uint32_t *) CFR_EWI_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Sets the WWDG counter value. + * @param Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F. + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter)); + /* Write to T[6:0] bits to configure the counter value, no need to do + a read-modify-write; writing a 0 to WDGA bit does nothing */ + WWDG->CR = Counter & BIT_Mask; +} + +/** + * @brief Enables WWDG and load the counter value. + * @param Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value. + * This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F. + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_Enable(uint8_t Counter) +{ + /* Check the parameters */ + assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter)); + WWDG->CR = CR_WDGA_Set | Counter; +} + +/** + * @brief Checks whether the Early Wakeup interrupt flag is set or not. + * @param None + * @retval The new state of the Early Wakeup interrupt flag (SET or RESET) + */ +FlagStatus WWDG_GetFlagStatus(void) +{ + return (FlagStatus)(WWDG->SR); +} + +/** + * @brief Clears Early Wakeup interrupt flag. + * @param None + * @retval None + */ +void WWDG_ClearFlag(void) +{ + WWDG->SR = (uint32_t)RESET; +} + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/** + * @} + */ + +/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ |